Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Paper, Lumber & Forest Products / James Cropper PLC

James Cropper PLC

crpr · LSE Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker crpr
Exchange LSE
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Paper, Lumber & Forest Products
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · James Cropper PLC
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
The paper selected for the cover of this  
annual report is just one of over 30 embossing 
patterns available, which include textile  
weaves, leathers, rippling effects and intricate 
geometric formations. 

In January 2023, the Embossing Centre of 
Excellence was opened.  The installation of  
an embosser varnisher includes smart eye 
production technology for precision-made 
textured paper.

This multi-million pound investment will  
allow James Cropper to meet growing demand 
for surface aesthetics in luxury packaging and 
creative papers, as well as best in class service 
for bespoke textural effects alongside the 
development of individual colour.

Making a material difference.

WE’RE A PURPOSE-DRIVEN BUSINESS BUILT ON STRONG VALUES. 

COMBINED WITH OUR WEALTH OF MANUFACTURING KNOWLEDGE, 

TECHNICAL KNOW-HOW AND PIONEERING ABILITIES WE WILL 

STRENGTHEN OUR POSITION ACROSS MULTIPLE SECTORS AS THE 

PREFERRED GLOBAL PARTNER OF CHOICE. 

Steve Adams, CEO

Our purpose

Our values

PIONEERING MATERIALS  
TO SAFEGUARD  
OUR FUTURE.

FORWARD-THINKING.  
RESPONSIBLE. 
CARING.

5

4

6

7

1

3

2

8

9

10

11

13

14

12

15

16

18

19

20

17

05

06

07

08

10

18

21

26  

28

32

34

37

47

49

CONTENTS

STRATEGIC REPORT 

Financial Highlights 

Financial Summary 

Chairman’s Letter 

Chief Executive’s Review 

The Pension Report 

Risk Management 

Promoting the Success of Our Group 
- S172(1) Statement 

Technical Fibre Products 

ColourformTM 

Paper Products 

Sustainability - ESG 

Our People 

GOVERNANCE 

Board of Directors 

Corporate Governance Statement 

Compliance with the QCA  
Corporate Governance Code

Report of the Audit Committee 

Report of the Nominations Committee 

Report of the Remuneration Committee 

Directors’ Report 

22

21

Manufacturing 
• 
• 
• 

R&D 
• 

•

Sales Office 
•

Partners

#  Location 
1  Burneside, UK Head Office 
2  Crewe, UK 
3  Launceston, UK 
4  Oslo, Norway 
5  Helsinki, Finland 
6  Ljungby, Sweden 
7  Copenhagen, Denmark 
8  Brussels, Belgium 
9  Prague, Czech Republic 
10  Paris, France 
11  Strasbourg, France 
12  Milan, Italy 
13  Budapest, Hungary 
14  Bucharest, Romania 
15  Schenectady, USA 
16  Philadelphia, USA 
17  Dubai, UAE  
18  Shanghai, China 
19  Guangzhou, China 
20  Hong Kong, China 
21  Melbourne, Australia 
22  Johannesburg, South Africa 

#  Location 

1  Burneside, UK  

2  Crewe, UK 

3  Launceston, UK 

4  Oslo, Norway 

5  Helsinki, Finland 

6  Ljungby, Sweden 

7  Copenhagen, Denmark 

8  Brussels, Belgium 

9  Prague, Czech Republic 

• 

10  Paris, France 

11  Strasbourg, France 

12  Milan, Italy 

Manufacturing 

R&D 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

•

• 
•
• 

• 

•
• 

Partners

•

•

•

•

• 

• 

•

• 

•

• 

•
•
•
•
• 
• 

•
•

•
• 
•

• 
•

#  Location 

12  Milan, Italy

13 

14

15 

16

17 

18 

Budapest, Hungary 

Bucharest, Romania 

Schenectady, USA
Philadelphia, USA  

Dubai, UAE 

Shanghai, China 

19  

Guangzhou, China 

20 

21  

22 

Hong Kong, China 

Melbourne, Australia 

Johannesburg, South Africa

Manufacturing  R&D 

  Partners

•

•

•

•

 •

•

• 

•

•

•

•

• 

•

• 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

69

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 

Group Independent Auditor’s Report 

Group Statement of Comprehensive Income 

Statement of Financial Position 

Statement of Cash Flows 

Statement of Changes In Equity 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

Shareholder Information 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report - Financial Highlights

Strategic Report - Financial Summary

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

FINANCIAL SUMMARY

Geographical % segmentation of revenue

Summary of results

Total revenue

£129.7m

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

24%

129.7

78.8

104.9

104.7

101.1

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

UK

Europe

Americas

Asia

Other

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

Profit before tax

£1.3m

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

1.3

1.7

2.8

2.6

53%

5.5

Gearing (2)

38%

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

10%

38

28

26

17

21

Capital expenditure 

£5.8m

15%

16.6

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

5.8

6.8

3.1

5.2

9.2

Adjusted profit before tax (1)

£3.2m

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

3.2

4.0
4.0

4.0

Basic and diluted EPS

5.4p

2023

5.4

2022

2021

2020

2019

14.2

13.2

24.3

Net debt (3) 
£16.6m

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

Non-GAAP Measures:

21%

6.7

62%

50.6

35%

12.3

7.5

8.6

11.1

1 Adjusted profit before tax equates to profit before tax excluding the impact of IAS 19 and exceptional items. 

2 Gearing is calculated as the proportion of net debt to Total Shareholders' Equity, excluding the IAS19 Pension deficit. 

3 Net debt is calculated as total loans and borrowings less cash and cash equivalents. Included in net debt from 2020  

are lease liabilities for right-of-use assets under IFRS 16. 

All figures in £’000 

2023  

2022  

2021  
Restated * 

2020  

2019 

Revenue  

129,664   

104,922   

78,768   

104,667   

101,095 

Adjusted operating profit (APM 1)1 

Adjusted profit before tax (APM 2)1 

Exceptional items2 

Impact of IAS 193 

Profit before tax  

Earnings per share  

Statement of Financial Position 

4,767   

3,195   

(1,095 )  

(787 )  

1,313   

4,585   

4,045   

(354 ) 

(914 ) 

2,777   

4,510   

4,023   

(1,502 ) 

(802 ) 

1,719   

7,240   

6,674   

-   

(1,215 ) 

5,459   

4,262 

3,962 

- 

(1,386 )

2,576 

5.4 p  

14.2 p 

13.2 p 

50.6 p 

24.3 p

All figures in £’000 

2023  

2022  

2021  
Restated * 

2020  

2019 

Non-pension assets – excluding cash 

Non-pension liabilities – excluding borrowings 

Net IAS 19 pension deficit (after deferred tax) 

Net debt 

Equity shareholders’ funds 

Gearing % - before IAS 19 deficit 

Gearing % - after IAS 19 deficit 

Capital expenditure £’000 

86,754   

(25,990 ) 

60,764   

(12,105 ) 

48,659   

(16,594 )  

32,065   

81,568   

 (24,913 ) 

56,655   

 (9,847 ) 

46,808   

(12,294 ) 

34,514   

70,780   

(18,744 ) 

52,036   

(14,933 ) 

37,103   

(7,502 ) 

29,601   

72,084   

(19,032 ) 

53,052   

(7,600 ) 

45,452   

(11,055 ) 

64,871

(16,236 )

48,635 

(18,798 )

29,837

(8,561 )

34,397   

21,276   

38 %  

52 %  

28 % 

36 % 

17 % 

25 %  

26 % 

32 % 

21 %

40 %

5,779   

6,761   

3,127   

9,195   

5,229 

* Details of the restatement are included in note 28 to the financial statements.

1 Alternative performance measures (APMs) are defined on page 13. 

2 Exceptional items are detailed in note 26 to the financial statements.

3 The IAS 19 pension adjustments are explained in detail in the Chief Executive’s Review section, pages 10 to 16. The adjustment, which we 
refer to in these accounts as the “IAS 19 impact” represents the difference between the pension charge as calculated under IAS 19 and the 
cash contributions for the current service cost only as determined by the latest triennial valuation. The Directors consider that the pension 
charge pre IAS 19 adjustment better reflects the actual pension costs for ongoing service. This adjustment is made internally when we assess 
performance and is also used in the EBITDA and EPS targets used in management incentive schemes. The IAS 19 pension adjustment of 
£787k (2022: £914k) comprises:

All figures in £’000 

Current service charge 

Normal contributions 

Interest charge 

IAS 19 pension adjustment 

Period ended 1 April 2023  

Period ended 26 March 2022

974   

(532 )  

345   

787   

1,203

(656 ) 

367

914   

Further details can be found on page 19 (The IAS 19 impact on profit).

06

07

 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
Strategic Report - Chairman’s Letter

Strategic Report - Chairman’s Letter

MY GREATEST DESIRE FOR JAMES CROPPER IS THAT WHILE WE REMAIN   

PROUD OF OUR GREAT HERITAGE, WE ALWAYS FEEL YOUNG, AND ACHIEVE THIS 

BALANCE BY SEAMLESSLY COMBINING GENERATIONS OF KNOW-HOW  

WITH A RELENTLESS APPETITE FOR RENEWAL .

Mark Cropper, Chairman

In the same vein, we will also look to  
invest further in innovation to meet the 
anticipated demands of future markets  
and customers, whether technical, 
environmental or economic. 

We have ambitious plans to decarbonise the 
Group’s operations, the first phase will be 
to cut natural gas use by 25% by 2025, 
keeping us on track to achieve net zero 
across our entire supply chain by 2050. 
This includes novel approaches to heat 
generation that we hope can blaze the way 
for other energy intensive manufacturers. 

We are also investing to enhance our 
position in hydrogen electrolysis, fuel cells, 
carbon capture and other fast growing 
markets. The growth potential is 
significant, but we will only earn a share 
through step changes in performance and 
cost reduction. This will involve both 
technology advances and operational 
investments. For example we have recently 
commissioned a hydrogen component line 
in the United States, taking production 
closer to a large share of our customer base 
whilst at the same time cutting freight and 
duty costs. 

Our paper and packaging partnerships 
within luxury and premium retail sectors 
remain strong, whether designing new 
tailor-made papers or ColourformTM 
products or offering customers more 
sustainable options and recycled fibres.  
On this note, we are proud to have been 
involved in the recent creation of the 
first-ever 100% plastic-free remembrance 
poppy for the British Legion, whom we 
have proudly partnered with since 1978. 

We have also launched our FibreBlend 
Upcycled Technology programme, offering 
a choice of different recovered fibre 
categories. This builds on our award-
winning CupCycling proposition which 
gives used coffee cups a second life as a 
valuable fibre source for high quality  
paper. At present, over 75% of our 
custom-made paper products contain a 
blended fibre source. Our plans in this area 
include developing a unique technique to 
separate cotton, recyclable into paper, from 
artificial fibres. 

Dividend 

In financial terms, the Group reported a 
profit before tax of £1.3m for the period 
ended 1 April 2023. This was down by  
53% versus the prior period with the 
Group revenue rising by 24% split between  
Paper (+25%), ColourformTM (+29%)  
and  Technical Fibre Products (+19%).

In line with expectations, the Board is 
recommending a final dividend of 4.0 pence 
per share, making a total dividend for the 
year of 6.0 pence per share.

Board changes

This year has seen several changes to  
our leadership team. In August 2022,  
Steve Adams was appointed CEO, 
following the departure of Phil Wild. 

Transitioning to a brighter future

As ever, James Cropper continues to earn 
its future by building a diversified business 
across multiple markets and geographies 
and by adapting with pace when required.  
I am very conscious that this has included 
the hard choice to restructure our paper 
division from four machines to three with 
associated headcount reductions.

The decision was not taken lightly but  
has been essential to address years of 
headwinds and margin pressures and create 
a more resilient, profitable business. 

Overall, we are blessed with a talented team 
and a range of materials and products that 
have never been more relevant in a world 
that rapidly needs to learn to live in greater 
balance with nature. Common to all our 
activities is the opportunity to accelerate 
the transition to greener economies and 
societies, and grow a vibrant group  
around this. I am hopeful these actions  
will position us better than ever to truly  
deliver on this. 

Everyone in the Company is playing a part 
in this journey and I would like to thank  
all who work for us and with us for their 
continued commitment to James Cropper.

Since the year end, we have also seen the 
departure of Isabelle Maddock, our CFO, 
who resigned in June 2023. I would like to 
personally thank both Phil and Isabelle for 
their dedicated service to James Cropper.

Mark Cropper 
Chairman 
23 August 2023

CHAIRMAN’S LETTER

Dear Shareholders,

As I look back over the last year what 
stands out is less the circumstances, 
which were as challenging as ever in  
some quarters, but more the broad range 
of positive actions we have taken to 
reposition the Company over the period. 

Our foundations for sustained growth  
are being strengthened in every corner,  
with the final result coming in ahead of 
revised market expectations. 

I must thank all our customers for their 
support in the year. Even then, at times  
it was challenging to keep up with the 
inflationary environment.  

The resulting impact was lessened by 
outperformance in Technical Fibre 
Products and its Hydrogen business  
unit. Overall, however, significant credit  
is due to our workforce who addressed  
the unfolding situation with exceptional 
urgency and dedication.

Adapting to circumstance always leads to 
change and accordingly within the year  
we have comprehensively reviewed our 
growth plans and the foundations required 
to ensure we maximise opportunities  
and minimise risks as these roll forwards.

This has enabled us to bring to life our 
strategy in realigning the business to  
be centred around our customers. 

Our products and markets will remain 
broadly the same, but we will start the 
journey to reposition ourselves operating as 
one company. To move from three separate 
divisions (James Cropper Paper, Technical 
Fibre Products and ColourformTM) into 
four market-facing segments, all unified 
under the Group name, James Cropper.

Creative Papers 

Luxury Packaging 

Technical Fibres  

Future Energy

My greatest desire for James Cropper is 
that while we remain proud of our great 
heritage, we always feel young, and  
achieve this balance by seamlessly  
combining generations of know-how  
with a relentless appetite for renewal.  
The reorganisation truly encapsulates  
this blend from our historic roots in 
papermaking to cutting edge materials  
and components in renewable energy. 

Importantly, across this range it is no longer 
accurate to refer to us as a paper-mill or 
paper business, as has been the norm  
since our outset in 1845. Today, James 
Cropper is successfully transitioning to  
an advanced materials and paper products 
group across everything it does, committed 
to pioneering innovation in traditional 
markets alongside breakthrough areas.

We are determined to stay modern and 
relevant, which will lead us to spend more 
over the coming years as we invest in our 
processes and systems. This will enable 
smarter access to data, leaner working 
practices and cost savings. 

08

09

Strategic Report - Chief Executive’s Review

Strategic Report - Chief Executive’s Review

Financial Review

Revenue and adjusted operating profit 

Group revenue for the financial period is £129.7m, up 24% on the 
prior period (2022: £104.9m) driven by organic volume growth,  
price increases and the energy surcharge applied to counter 
energy and raw material cost increases. 

Revenue for the Paper division increased by 25% in the period to 
£88.2m generating an adjusted operating loss of £2.8m, compared 
to £2.3m in the prior period. 

Revenue for the TFP division increased by 19% in the period  
to £37.2m generating an adjusted operating profit of £9.2m, 
compared to £8.7m in the prior period. 

Revenue for ColourformTM grew by 29% in the period to  
£4.3m, generating an adjusted operating loss of £1.1m,  
compared to £0.8m in the prior period. 

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW

I am delighted to report our financial 
results in my first year as CEO.  
Despite a year of unprecedented economic 
turbulence and market volatility with 
high energy and raw material costs still 
being prevalent, we have continued to 
show resilience. 

All parts of our business responded with 
conviction and pace to implement actions 
to offset as much of the cost headwinds as 
possible. The Group also experienced 
strong demand and retained contracts 
throughout the period across all divisions, 
with  24% revenue growth in the year to  
1 April 2023, which is ahead of previous 
market expectations. 

I wish to express my sincerest thanks to 
all our customers for their continued 
loyalty and support and to our employees 
who have remained focused on delivering 
the best outcome possible.

Over this last year, we have made 
significant progress in our journey to 
reposition James Cropper to an advanced 
materials and paper products group. 

We have defined and introduced our  
six strategic priorities, building a  
solid foundation to drive a strategy  
for accelerated growth.

Our customer base is changing and we  
are putting the right measures in place  
to improve both the customer and 
employee experience and to truly deliver 
on our purpose of ‘pioneering materials  
to safeguard our future’.

We have strengthened our commercial 
leadership teams to expand in markets 
that we currently already operate in, 
whilst being constantly curious to explore 
new opportunities. We are also in the 
process of further strengthening our 
executive leadership team with the skills 
and knowledge to support our ambitious 
growth plans.

The fast-growing renewable energy and 
decarbonisation markets are creating an 
ever-greater need for novel and high-
performance materials, while sustainable 
fibres, and low, or zero, carbon processing 
are driving growth within paper  
and packaging.

After 12 months of planning, I am also 
pleased to share that the installation of  
our new energy-efficient boiler has taken  
place. This will dramatically improve  
our energy efficiency and resilience as  
we drive forward with our net zero  
carbon ambition.

These energy saving investments in 
upgrades to our paper machines, along 
with a small decrease in gross paper 
production over the last 12 months,  
have contributed to an 8% annualised 
reduction in site fuel consumption.  
We are on track to build our Low Carbon 
Energy Centre with the necessary 
planning application attained and grant 
application awarded.

A STRATEGY FOR ACCELERATED GROWTH:

1. Profitable growth through new customer acquisition  
Opportunities to expand in new and existing markets.

4. Leaders in sustainability Recognising our responsibility  

to reduce and ultimately eliminate our emissions.

2. World class execution Investment in global systems  

5. Inspiring our people Building a culture of trust, cooperation 

and functions.

and involvement.

3. Technology and Innovation Centre for Innovation will 

6.  Build the brand Presenting a more meaningful and relevant 

include decarbonisation and waste fibres as well as exploring 
new ideas. 

face to our increasingly global customer base.

2023  
£’000  

2022  
£’000  

Change 
%

APM4   

9,045   

8,636   

129,664   

104,922   

Summary table of results

Group Revenue 

Adjusted EBITDA 

Profit summary
Paper Products 
Technical Fibre Products (TFP) 
ColourformTM 
Other Group expenses 

(2,847 ) 
9,244   
(1,057 ) 
(573 ) 

4,767   
(330 ) 
(1,242 ) 

3,195   

(986 ) 
(109 ) 

(2,338 ) 
8,684   
(754 ) 
(1,007 ) 

4,585   
-   
(540 ) 

4,045   

(354 ) 
-   

Adjusted operating profit 
Fair value movement on derivatives 
Net finance costs (excluding exceptional items and IAS 19 impact) 

APM1   

Adjusted profit before tax 

Exceptional costs 
Exceptional finance costs 

APM2   

Adjusted profit before tax after exceptional items 

 APM3   

2,100   

3,691   

Net IAS 19 pension adjustments 
Net current service charge required 
Net interest 

Net IAS 19 pension impact 

Profit before tax 

The full Statement of Comprehensive Income is on page 77.

(442 ) 
(345 ) 

(787 ) 

(547 ) 
(367 ) 

(914 ) 

1,313   

2,777    

24%

5%

22% 
6% 
40% 
-43%

4%
0%
130%

-21%

179% 
0%

-43%

-19% 
-6%

-14%

-53%

The Group monitors adjusted EBITDA as it provides a measure  
of the cash generating ability of the Group that is comparable 
year-on-year. Despite demand increasing, inflationary pressures  
on raw materials, distribution and energy costs have dampened 
margins, with an adjusted EBITDA increasing by 5% on the  
prior year. 

Energy costs proved a significant headwind and the unprecedented 
price rises saw costs increase 104% year-on-year, from £7.4m in 
FY2022 to £15.2m in FY2023.  

Similarly, with inflationary pressures in the pulp, recycled pulp, 
chemicals and dyes markets, material costs increased 23% 
year-on-year.  During the year, the Group also paid a one-off cost 
of living payment to employees totalling £0.6m in recognition of 
the escalating costs that employees were facing.

Depreciation and amortisation charges increased by 6% year-on-
year, mainly due to the timings of capital investment programmes. 

10

11

 
  
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Strategic Report - Chief Executive’s Review

Strategic Report - Chief Executive’s Review

Divisional highlights

While operating under the Group’s combined Purpose and Values, currently each business division acts independently, focusing on niche 
markets and growth areas:

Technical Fibre Products

James Cropper Paper

ColourformTM

Within Technical Fibre Products demand 
remains strong with contracts returning to 
pre-Covid levels in aerospace, defence  
and the industrial sectors. 

TFP Hydrogen continues to exceed 
our expectations and our new coating 
line within our Schenectady, New York 
hub, became operational, building on 
our successful UK Hydrogen plant in 
Launceston and bringing capability even 
closer to our US customers. 

This significant investment will provide  
a more attractive offer to our existing  
and potential customers across North 
America, as well as providing a blueprint 
for future James Cropper hydrogen 
coating lines worldwide, supporting the 
electrolyser manufacturing hubs being 
established globally as the technology 
adoption accelerates.

Within the Paper division, demand in 
many of our traditional volume areas  
such as files and folders, commercial 
print and stationery papers has declined 
as those sectors continued to move away 
from paper to digital or they prove to no 
longer be economically viable.

We are taking this opportunity to 
right-size our business, streamlining our 
portfolio and service offer to be much 
more aligned on high value partnerships. 
In particular, we are focussing our offer 
on luxury packaging and premium 
creative papers where our customers  
really value our innovation, expertise  
and quality.

This year the Embossing Centre of 
Excellence was opened. The installation  
of an embosser varnisher includes  
smart eye production technology for 
precision-made textured paper.

This multi-million pound investment will 
allow James Cropper to meet growing 
demand for surface aesthetics in luxury 
packaging and creative papers, as well as 
best in class service for bespoke textural 
effects alongside the development of 
individual colour.

ColourformTM continues to disrupt the 
luxury packaging market, maintaining  
a strong pipeline of sales with 29% 
revenue growth throughout the year.   
This was driven by innovative new  
market launches in the luxury drinks  
and cosmetics sectors.  

We celebrated the overall category 
winners for the Dieline award as well  
as both the Yellow and Wood pencil 
D&AD awards. Receiving international 
acclaim for our creativity and 
sustainability in a way that no other 
product in the global packaging  
market has ever been able to achieve.  

Overall, while margins were strong, 
profits were impacted by inflationary 
pressures in raw materials and energy 
prices. Moving forward, the division 
is expected to drive ongoing revenue 
growth in profitable long-term packaging 
rebrands, coupled with an improved  
focus on operational performance to 
increase margins and manage costs.   
The integration of ColourformTM into  
James Cropper Luxury Packaging  
will create greater synergies, build  
better efficiencies in our operating  
model as well as increase relevance  
and scale in key markets. 

Expenses and profit

Other expenses have increased from 
£20,960k in 2022 to £25,471k in the year  
to 1 April 2023. The business has 
experienced widespread cost inflation  
across an array of overhead expenditure, 
with distribution costs and consultancy 
expenses increasing materially. 

In the first half of the year the Paper 
division suffered considerable machine 
downtime, which resulted in a significant 
increase in repairs and maintenance 
expenditure in the year.   

TFP Hydrogen continued to perform 
above management expectations in the 
year to April 2023. Business outlook 
continues to improve and at the year end 
this required the value of the contingent 
consideration on the business acquisition 
to be reassessed. An exceptional cost of 
£1,095k (2022: £354k) has been posted to 
the Statement of Comprehensive Income 
in this regard. 

Management considers this adjustment  
a positive indication on the future value  
of the business and the profit that TFP 
Hydrogen will deliver. 

With strong revenue growth, adjusted 
operating profit (see APM1 Alternative 
Performance Measures) was £4,767k in  
the year, up 4% on prior period, despite  
the challenging economic environment, 
which saw unprecedented raw material  
and energy prices. 

Net finance costs have increased by  
£702k in the year, as the Group has 
continued to draw down on its external 
borrowing facilities and interest rates  
have increased notably. 

The Group has hedged the first £15m 
drawn down of the external financing 
across UKEF and Commercial Facility  
at a rate of 1.5% plus margin, which 
provides assurances and visibility over 
future interest payments and limits 
exposure to increasing interest rates. 

Adjusted profit before tax (see APM 2 
Alternative Performance Measures) was 
£3,195k in the year and ahead of market 
expectations, partly due to stronger 
trading in TFP and the accounting 
adjustments of provisions relating to TFP. 

After the impact of IAS 19 the  
Group reports a profit before tax of 
£1,313k, a 53% decrease on prior year  
(2022: £2,777k) due to an increase in net 
finance costs and exceptional costs.

The Group's profit after tax for the  
period is £516k (2022: £1,358k) which 
calculates to earnings per share of 5.4p 
(2022: 14.2p). 

Alternative performance measures

These accounts contain two main adjusting factors being the impact of IAS 19 pension adjustments which is separated out  
and exceptional items. These APM measures are used internally to evaluate business performance and are used in this report;

APM 1 

 “Adjusted operating profit”  
Adjusted operating profit refers to operating profit 
before interest and prior to the impact of IAS 19  
and exceptional items.

APM2 

 “Adjusted profit before tax” 
Adjusted profit before tax refers to profit before tax 
prior to the impact of IAS 19 and exceptional items.

APM3 

APM4 

 “Adjusted profit before tax after exceptional items” 
Adjusted profit before tax refers to profit before tax 
prior to the impact of IAS 19.

 Adjusted EBITDA  
EBITDA is a common term that refers to operating 
profit before interest, tax, depreciation and 
amortisation. Adjusted EBITDA is EBITDA prior to 
the impact of IAS 19 and exceptional items. The impact 
of IAS 19 and exceptional items are presented in the 
summary tables of results.

IAS 19 pension adjustment is separated out from operating profit measures as the impact of IAS 19 varies from one reporting period to 
another which makes year-on-year comparison of performance challenging. Over the last 12 years, the average impact is a negative hit  
to profit before tax of £1,052k. This year the charge is £787k (2022: charge of £914k).

12

13

 
 
Strategic Report - Chief Executive’s Review

Strategic Report - Chief Executive’s Review

Currency

Opening Rate v. £ 
Closing Rate v. £ 
£ weakened against currency (%) 

US$   

 1.3165   
1.2333   

€

1.1998 
1.1370 

(6.32 %) 

(5.23 %)

This table compares the opening and closing exchange rates for the financial period. 
Sterling weakened against the Dollar and Euro over the year. 59% of the Group’s 
revenue is for customers outside of the UK (2022: 61%) bringing in Dollars and Euros 
to the Group. Euros are used to purchase Euro priced pulp and raw materials and 
Dollar receipts are used to fund the purchase of Dollar priced pulp, creating a natural 
hedge across the Group. Potential exposure to any foreign currency surpluses, or 
deficits, are dealt with via foreign currency trades using forward selling or forward 
purchasing contracts. Currency movements had a 3% impact on revenue increasing 
revenues by £3,884k for the period.

Statement of financial position (SFP)

Non-pension assets have increased largely due to capital 
expenditure, an increase in trade debtors and the recognition  
of the interest rate cap in other financial assets.

Capital investment in the period was £5,779k (2022: £6,761k). 
Investments are driven largely to enable growth in the form of 
increasing capacity, improving capability or generating cost savings.  
We have concluded the build of additional embossing varnishing 
capability in the Paper division and new energy technologies have  
been introduced in Paper to facilitate the path towards the Group’s  
net zero goals.

The Group experienced a greater level of revenue in the  
period compared to the prior period, and, inevitably with  
this, an increase within trade and other receivables of £2,857k  
and inventory of £711k. 

After deferred tax the Net IAS 19 deficit has increased by 
 £2,258k to £12,105k (2022: £9,847k), the reasons for which are 
detailed in the Pension Report on page 18. 

As a result of these movements on the pension scheme  
deficits, shareholders’ funds show an overall decrease of  
£2,449k to £32,065k.   

SFP 
All figures in £’000 

Non-pension assets 
 - excluding cash

Non-pension liabilities 
 - excluding borrowings

Net IAS 19 pension deficit 
(after deferred tax)

Net debt 

2023  

2022 
   Restated *

86,754   

81,568 

(25,990 ) 

(24,913) 

60,764   

56,655

(12,105 ) 

(9,847) 

48,659   

46,808

(16,594)   

(12,294)

Equity shareholders’ funds 

32,065   

34,514

Gearing % - before IAS 19 deficit 
Gearing % - after IAS 19 deficit 
Capital expenditure £’000 

38 % 
52 % 

28 % 
36 % 

5,779   

6,761

Cash Flow 
All figures in £’000 

Net cash inflow from operating activities 

Net cash outflow from investing activities 

Net cash inflow from financing activities 

Net (decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Effects of exchange rate fluctuations on cash held 

Net (decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents 

Opening cash and cash equivalents 

Closing cash and cash equivalents 

2023  

2022 
   Restated *

In the period the Group’s net cash  
outflow was £71k (2022: inflow £985k). 

The Group continued to invest in capital 
expenditure throughout the year in order 
to facilitate future revenue growth by 
building capacity and capability. 

There was also an increased demand for 
working capital following the improved 
demand in the year. 

5,550   

4,029 

(6,643 )  

(6,598 ) 

(1,093 ) 

(2,569 )

622   

3,436

(471 ) 
400   

(71 ) 

7,750   

7,679   

867 
118 

985 

6,765

7,750

* Details of the restatements are included in note 28 to the financial statements.

Net debt

The Group incorporates £3,791k (2022: £3,949k) of  
right-of-use leases in its 2023 borrowings figure. The Group’s 
banking arrangements monitor net debt excluding IFRS 16. 

On this basis net debt has increased over the year from  
£8,345k to £12,803k, an increase of £4,458k. Net debt  
including right-of-use lease liabilities is £16,594k, an  
increase of £4,300k on the prior period. 

Net debt before RoU leases 
All figures in £’000 

Cash and cash equivalents 

2023  

2022 
   Restated *

7,679   

7,750 

All borrowings excluding RoU leases 

(20,482 ) 

(16,095 )

Net debt on an equivalent 
comparison basis

(12,803 ) 

(8,345 ) 

Funding 
All figures in £’000 

Facilities 
Less: Undrawn facilities 

Total Borrowings 
Less: Cash and cash equivalents 

Net debt 

Cash and cash equivalents  
Undrawn facilities  

Funds available at year end 
Borrowings: repayable 
within one year

2023  

2022 
   Restated *

39,773   
(15,500 ) 

40,544
(20,500 ) 

24,273   
(7,679 ) 

20,044 
(7,750 )

16,594   

12,294

7,679   
15,500   

23,179   
(1,758 ) 

7,750 
20,500

28,250 
(1,595 ) 

Funds available at year end  

21,421   

26,655

Funding and facilities

The Group funds its operations and investments from 
operating cash flow and from borrowings and leases.  
The Group has a core banking facility in the UK and  
further loan support in the US, along with some lease 
arrangements, all with high street banks. The Group  
has a core £25m banking facility under UKEF’s Export 
Development Guarantee scheme which is aimed at  
enabling additional bank liquidity to support exporters. 

This finance arrangement is available for general corporate 
purposes and will be used to support strategic growth  
and innovation, capital expenditure and decarbonisation 
programmes. The facility has an availability period of  
a further two years and an overall tenure of eight years  
from inception, repayments are on a straight line basis  
from years 4 to 8. The Group’s key financial covenants are 
EBITDA: net Interest 4x, and the Net Debt: EBITDA  
3.5x. The Group is in compliance with all its banking 
covenants at the period end.

Cash and cash equivalents decreased marginally from 
£7,750k to £7,679k in the year. Long term borrowings 
(falling due after more than a year) increased by £4,066k  
to £22,515k. The expiry profile of existing borrowings 
 is detailed in note 19.3 to the financial statements.  
Facilities comprise of unused overdraft facilities of £3,500k 
plus the total unused credit facilities of £12,000k, this 
means a total of £15,500k remains unutilised at the year-end 
date. Having taken account of current borrowings to be 
paid within 12 months of the reporting period the Group 
has £21,421k available to the Group beyond 12 months.

* Details of the restatements are included in note 28 to the financial statements.

14

15

 
 
  
  
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Strategic Report - Chief Executive’s Review

A further cohort of approximately  
40 employees will be invited to 
participate in the coming year. 

We have committed to invest in creating 
a great place to work and will continue 
with our pledge across all our sites to 
improve the workplace environment, 
providing more facilities and amenities 
for our employees.

Over the next three years it is our 
intention to invest in a multi-million 
pound programme to update our  
IT systems and infrastructure.  
This will drive significant efficiency  
and productivity improvements  
as well as improving resilience.  
The investment will equip our teams  
to make smarter, data driven decisions 
and improve our response times and 
agility in dealing with our customers.

Inspiring our people 

We recognise that it is the passionate, 
committed and talented people we 
employ that will help us navigate  
through the business changes and 
opportunities we have before us  
to deliver long term sustainable  
business growth.

Our online employee opinion survey  
is in its second year and saw a marked 
increase in employee participation  
as well as increased engagement. 

Whilst this is pleasing to see, we  
will work even harder to deliver  
an improved proposition for our 
employees with continued focus  
on upgrading our policies, updating  
our working practices and reviewing  
our remuneration and career 
opportunities for all.

We have concluded the first year of  
our LEAP leadership development 
programme with 50 leaders - from  
first line leaders to Executive  
Committee members - having  
benefited from the course. 

Looking forward with confidence

I am excited by the many opportunities 
we have in front of us as a Company  
but certainly do not underestimate  
the external challenges that we continue 
to face.  

I have confidence in our strategy to 
accelerate growth and in our exceptional 
team worldwide to make a real difference.

We will create a greater global presence  
for James Cropper, by repositioning 
ourselves to better serve our existing  
and target customers. 

We will also drive increased value for our 
shareholders through accelerated growth  
in each of our market focused segments; 
Creative Papers, Luxury Packaging, 
Technical Fibres and Future Energy by 
leveraging our potential as one Company 
under the James Cropper name. 

Building on our foundations, we aim to 
redefine ourselves and become – what we 
believe – will be a different organisation 
with a very bright future.

Steve Adams 
Chief Executive Officer 
23 August 2023

16

17

Strategic Report - The Pension Report

Strategic Report - The Pension Report

IAS 19 assumptions 

The IAS 19 impact on profit 

The bi-annual IAS 19 valuations are 
adopted for statutory reporting purposes 
and do not form part of the ongoing 
management of the pension schemes.  

The standard requires the Group’s 
actuaries to make a number of 
assumptions on a very different basis to 
the ongoing valuations and under  
IAS 19 the deficit is likely to be volatile 
and can be very different between 
different reporting periods. 

Discount rates for IAS 19 are based on 
corporate bond yields which do not reflect 
the investment strategy of the schemes.

The actuarial gains and losses arising  
from variances against previous actuarial 
assumptions are passed through to the 
Statement of Financial Position with 
corresponding movements in reserves. 

Actuarial changes in previous assumptions 
will pass through OCI.   

The Group’s total reported profit before tax is impacted by the adjustments 
required for IAS 19, and these adjustments fall within operating costs and 
finance costs.  The total charge against profit for the year end 1 April 2023 
includes an adjustment of £787k (2022: £914k) to bring the cost in line with  
IAS 19. 

Operating costs

The cost of providing pension benefits is included within “employee benefit 
costs” in the Statement of Comprehensive Income. 

These costs include; the costs for the defined contribution schemes, personal 
pension plans, defined benefit schemes, life assurance and government pension 
protection levies. 

These costs also include an excess charge of £442k (2022: £547k) determined  
by IAS 19 based on assumptions at the start of the period and which is over  
and above the future service contributions for the defined benefit schemes. 
These additional costs are;

•   Current service charge, being the cost of benefits earned in the current 

period shown net of employees’ contributions.

•  Past service costs, being the costs of benefit changes. 

•  Curtailment and settlement costs.

•  Any government pension protection levies paid over the period.

Finance costs

Finance costs which affect profit, consist of the net of:

•   Interest income on pension scheme assets; and

•   Interest cost on the accrued pension scheme liabilities.

The income from scheme assets and cost on the accrued liabilities allowed  
for in the net interest cost is based on the discount rate at the start of the 
period, this impacts the costs shown in the statement of comprehensive 
income. A charge of £345k is charged to the statement of comprehensive 
income this period (2022: £367k).

The retirement benefits note to the financial statements can be found on  
pages 110 to 113. 

THE PENSION REPORT

The Group operates two funded pension schemes providing defined benefits for a number of its employees; the James Cropper PLC 
Pension Scheme (the “Staff Scheme”) and the James Cropper PLC Works Pension Plan (the “Works Scheme”). 

The Statement of Financial Position IAS 19 deficit

The combined pension scheme deficits on an IAS 19 measure has worsened over the year from £13.1m to £16.1m (before deferred  
tax). This table shows the overall value of the schemes’ assets which have decreased by 33% in the period whilst the schemes  
liabilities decreased by 27%.

IAS 19 pension valuation 2022 

Staff  
Scheme  

Works  
Scheme  

Both Schemes

2023  

2022  
Restated *

Change 
% 

Discount Rate 

4.85 % 

4.90 % 

4.88 % 

2.75 %  

Assets 
Liabilities 

£’000  

34,557   
(36,701 ) 

£’000  

38,608   
(52,604 ) 

£’000  

73,165   
(89,305 ) 

£’000  

109,909   
(121,651 ) 

Deficit  

(2,144 ) 

(13,996 ) 

(16,140 ) 

(11,742 ) 

Effect of limit on recoverable surplus 

-   

 -   

-   

(1,388 ) 

Net Deficit  

(2,144 ) 

(13,996 ) 

(16,140 ) 

(13,130 ) 

Funding Level - % 

94 % 

73 % 

82 % 

90 % 

(33 %) 
(27 %)

23 %

(8 %)

* Details of the restatements are included in note 28 to the financial statements.

A significant increase in corporate bond yields over the year, 
combined with a reduction in long-term inflationary expectations, 
has led to a material reduction in the scheme’s liabilities. 

However, the scheme’s assets have also significantly decreased  
due to lower-than-expected returns. Overall, the reduction in 
assets exceeded the reduction in liabilities, leading to a combined 
increase in the scheme’s deficit.

In line with previous years, the IAS 19 valuation includes a 
correction for sex-inequalities inherent in Guaranteed Minimum 
Pensions (GMPs), along with the estimated cost of equalising 
GMPs for past transfer value payments. 

The “true” cost of GMP equalisation will take a few years to  
fully evaluate, however the Company would expect any variances 
compared to the original estimates would flow through the Other 
Comprehensive Income (OCI) statement.

A full retirement benefit disclosure is provided in note 20 to the 
financial statements. 

18

19

 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
Strategic Report - The Pension Report

Strategic Report - Risk Management

Defined benefit schemes the triennial “ongoing” valuation 

The Company recognises its responsibility to 
fund its defined benefit pension plan deficits and 
adopts the triennial valuations as the key basis 
upon which pensions are managed.  

The ongoing triennial valuations are an important 
part of aligning the latest position enroute to the 
longer-term target which ensures that when 
pension payments peak the Company has made 
sure that these payments can be satisfied at the 
peak and into future years with a low reliance on 
support from the Company. 

UK legislation requires the Scheme Trustee to 
carry out actuarial funding valuations at least 
every three years and to target full funding over  
an appropriate time period, taking into account  
the current circumstances of the Group schemes, 
and the current circumstances of the Group.  

The most recent funding valuations were carried 
out at April 2022 and determined the combined 
deficit of the schemes to be £16.6m. 

This compares to the previous triennial valuation 
of April 2019 when the combined triennial deficit 
was £19.9m.  

The April 2022 triennial  
"ongoing" valuations

Discount Rate 

Staff  
Scheme  
£’000  

Works   
Scheme   
£’000  

Total  

£’000

2.75 % 

2.75 % 

2.75 %

48,846   

(48,277 ) 

59,226   

108,072

(76,378 ) 

(124,655 )

Assets 

Liabilities 

Surplus / (deficit)  

569   

(17,152 ) 

(16,583 )

Funding Level - % 

101 % 

78 % 

87 %

The defined benefit schemes are sensitive to a 
number of key factors: the value of the assets,  
the discount rate used to calculate the schemes 
liabilities (based on a premium above gilt yields), 
the expected rate of inflation in the future and  
the mortality assumptions for members of the 
schemes. Changes in these assumptions will  
impact the deficit positively or negatively.  

The increase in discount rates from 2.5% in April 
2019 to 2.75% in April 2022, together with a 
reduction in life expectancies as a result of a 

review of future mortality improvements, acted  
to reduce liabilities. However, this reduction was 
offset in part by an increase in future inflation 
expectations over the period.

As part of the triennial valuation, the Company 
agreed with the Trustee to pay annual deficit 
contributions of £1.3m per annum. In addition,  
the Company will also continue to cover the cost 
of the annual PPF levy.

Key risks relating to the pension schemes

The Company is exposed to a number of risks 
relating to the pension schemes, including 
investment risks, demographic risks and inflation 
risks for those benefits linked to inflation.  

•  Future annual increases in pensionable pay were 
capped at a maximum of 2% from 1 April 2011, 
and starting in April 2014 employee contributions 
were increased.

Most of the economic risks are hedged by the 
schemes’ liability driven investment strategies, 
which brings some protection however it is not 
practical or cost effective to hedge all pension 
scheme risks. 

Risk management activity over the years has 
comprised of the following; 

•  The Schemes were closed to new members in the 

year 2000 in order to contain the Group’s 
exposure to rising pension costs and to safeguard 
the accrued benefits to existing members.

•  From 1 July 2017 the staff scheme rate of 

pensionable accrual was reduced from 1/60th to 
1/75th for each future year of pensionable service. 

•  For both the staff and the works scheme  

increases in pension once it is in payment,  
for future benefits accrued, will be in line with  
the annual increase in the Consumer Price Index, 
these actions protect the Group’s exposure to 
future costs. 

•  In April 2018 a new liability driven investment 

strategy was adopted which aims to significantly 
reduce risk whilst maintaining a similar level of 
overall return and protecting asset values. 

20

Risk Management 

The Board has overall responsibility for  
the determination of risk appetite, plus 
ensuring appropriate risk management and 
fostering of the Company’s risk culture 
which are all aspects of effective governance 
and achieving robust decision making in 
delivering the Group’s strategy. 

The Board coordinates activity across the 
Group ensuring risk management remains 
relevant to each business and the Group  
as a whole, and that it is responsive to 
changing business conditions.

The Group manages risk by a combination 
of self-insurance and third-party insurance. 
Self-insurance is rooted in practical 
mitigation through actions taken internally 
or in conjunction with other third parties 
that serve to both reduce the likelihood  
and impact of the risk occurrence. 

Higher risks in financial and operational 
areas are normally more dependent on  
third party insurance. Risks in commercial 
and personnel areas, because of their 
nature, are more likely to be managed  
by self-insurance.

The Executive Committee is responsible 
for designing the risk management 
framework and controls, ensuring that  
they are effectively deployed throughout 
the Company and have the appropriate 
level of resource focused on management 
and mitigation activities. 

When assessing risk both external  
(legal, regulatory, environmental,  
social and governance) and internal  
factors are taken into consideration. 

RISK MANAGEMENT

The Executive Committee formally  
reviews the risk register twice per year  
and, correspondingly a Board risk review  
is also held twice per year.

Employee Health & Safety, Attraction & 
Retention of Key Skills and Corporate & 
Regulatory Compliance were also elevated 
to principal, following Board review.

The divisional and functional management 
teams, in turn, have the responsibility  
for identifying, managing and escalating 
risks as part of their execution of the 
strategic plan. 

Principal Risks

The principal risks that may adversely 
impact the performance of the Group  
are set out in the following pages, along 
with the mitigating actions taken to 
address these. Each risk should be 
considered independently. 

Other factors could adversely affect  
Group performance and so the risks  
and uncertainties tabled should not be 
considered a complete set of potential  
risks, this report only addresses the 
Group’s most significant risks. 

Principal risks are frequently reviewed  
by the Board and may change based on  
its assessment of the macro and micro 
landscape, both internal and external. 

On that basis, Pandemic was de-prioritised 
during the year. Additionally, Water 
Abstraction and Flood are now considered 
to be within the scope of our climate 
related risk assessment and do not 
constitute principal risks at this time. 

However, Pulp Price Volatility was 
augmented by other raw material  
categories and elevated to the principal  
risk of Security of Supply. 

Emerging Risks

The emerging risk horizon is scanned  
by the functions and the businesses  
who will take the lead in identifying  
and promoting risk awareness, adopting 
mitigation activities or escalation.

Climate related risks  
and opportunities

The Group continues to progress the 
definition and assessment of its climate 
related risks and opportunities. Due to the 
longer term and emerging nature of climate 
related risks it has not been considered a 
principal risk in its own right at this time.

However, there are clear links to  
existing principal risks such as Net  
Zero Emissions, Security of Supply  
and Energy Price Volatility. 

As such, climate related risks and 
opportunities now form part of the  
ESG sub-committee agenda and the 
Company will further strengthen its 
commitment to reporting with the  
creation and appointment of a dedicated 
ESG manager role in the coming year, 
reporting to the newly created role of 
General Counsel & Company Secretary. 

PRINCIPLE RISK

LINK TO STRATEGY

PRE MITIGATION RISK POST MITIGATION RISK

G
r
o
w
t
h

P
r
o
fi
t
a
b
e

l

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
o
n

W
o
r
l
d
C
l
a
s
s

O
u
r
P
e
o
p
e

l

I
n
s
p
i
r
i
n
g

&

I
n
n
o
v
a
t
i
o
n

T
e
c
h
n
o
o
g
y

l

S
u
s
t
a
i
n
a
b

i
l
i
t
y

L
e
a
d
e
r
s

i

n

t
h
e
B
r
a
n
d

B
u

i
l

d

Employee Health & Safety

Attraction & Retention  
of Key Skills & Talent

Fire

Net Zero Emissions

Pension

Network & Systems Security

Security of Supply

Energy Price Volatility

Corporate & Regulatory Compliance







































High

Moderate

High

High

Very High

Very High

High

Moderate

Moderate

Moderate

Low

Moderate

Moderate

High

Moderate

Moderate

Low

Low











21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report - Risk Management

Strategic Report - Risk Management

EMPLOYEE HEALTH & SAFETY

Risk description and Impact 

COMMERCIAL 
OPERATIONAL  
REPUTATIONAL

No Change —

ATTRACTION & RETENTION  
OF KEY SKILLS AND TALENT

COMMERCIAL 
OPERATIONAL

Increased ▲

Given the nature of our manufacturing facilities, the risk of injury or accident is ever 
present and the Group is subject to legislative and regulatory requirements to protect 
people on our sites. An accident or injury can cause significant distress and impact on 
wellbeing as well as causing significant disruption and exposure to cost and penalties. 
Damage can also be caused to the Group’s reputation. 

Mitigation

Providing a safe working environment across all of our sites as well as for those travelling 
on Group business, free from the risk of mental and physical injury, is of utmost priority. 
The Group adopts behaviour-based safety policies and procedures to manage its 
operations and protect its employees, contractors and visitors to its sites. It operates  
a safety hierarchy throughout the Group from Safety Action Teams to Central  
Safety Strategy Committee. The Group actively reviews its lagging metrics and is 
increasingly focused on leading metrics and preventative measures. We have enlisted the 
support of external experts to provide advice on improving our safety culture and have 
driven a number of initiatives on housekeeping and forklift truck safety. Moving forward, 
the Group will bolster its Health & Safety structure with the appointment of a senior 
Health & Safety manager role reporting to the CEO.

Actions: ACTION

Continue to assess site risk environment and update policies and procedures to strive 
towards an accident-free site.

Risk description and Impact 

Our ability to deliver our accelerated growth strategy relies heavily on the knowledge, 
skills, experience and capability of our people. The nature of our manufacturing 
operations and technologies combined with the customers and markets we serve means  
we need highly skilled engineers, scientists, operators and businesspeople. Our ability  
to attract and retain this talent is influenced by business purpose and reputation, pay  
and benefits, working environment, location, culture, ability to offer flexible working, 
changing demographics and local employment levels.

Mitigation

Our people policies and practices are being reviewed and upgraded. Our recruitment  
and evaluation process has been upgraded to reduce reliance on external agencies and 
shorten lead times. We believe culture is created through leadership and this is how we 
will develop the right environment - a culture of trust, cooperation, and involvement.  
We are unleashing the talent within our organisation, developing leaders at all levels 
through LEAP our James Cropper Leadership Development Programme. 

Our goal is to ‘home grow’ our talent where possible and have a strong and healthy  
‘talent pipeline’, ensuring we invest in the next generation of James Cropper custodians. 
‘Everyone Engaged’ is an essential part of our Growth strategy. Creating an employee 
experience and workplace where people want to be and are proud to work, where people 
feel rewarded and recognised for the contribution they make to our success.  

We have committed investment in upgrading our facilities including improved canteen 
facilities, washrooms and an employee fitness centre. Moving forward we will also 
complete a review of our job grading and remuneration practices and working 
arrangements. We seek feedback through our employee engagement surveys and pulse 
checks which have shown increased engagement and participation rate year-on-year.

Actions: ACTION

Continue to review and improve our employment value proposition with specific  
focus on reward, working environment and working practices. Further develop our  
talent and succession planning process across our leadership population.

FIRE

COMMERCIAL 
OPERATIONAL

No Change —

Risk description and Impact 

A major fire on site could cause significant damage to the infrastructure of the business 
and cause significant business interruption.

Mitigation

Risk is mitigated by robust fire detection systems including sprinkler systems in the 
high-risk areas and site wide fire alarm system that has been recently upgraded.  
The Group has around 60 fire marshals deployed around the sites and regular 
housekeeping audits are conducted in high-risk areas. The sites are insured for fire  
damage and BI cover.

Actions: MONITOR

Continue to monitor current fire risk environment.

NET ZERO EMISSIONS

Risk description and Impact 

ENVIRONMENTAL 
FINANCIAL 
REPUTATIONAL

No Change —

PENSION

FINANCIAL

Increased ▲

The Group has a goal of net zero emissions for scope 1 and 2 by 2030. Achieving this  
goal is dependent on significant investment in technologies and solutions to drive  
energy efficiency and facilitate the move to green energy sources. Failure to achieve  
this goal would result in potentially higher cost penalties through carbon taxation, 
reputational impact on our ESG and brand positioning and compromise our ability to 
attract new business.

Mitigation

The Group is investing in upgrades to its paper machines that have driven fuel  
efficiency improvements of 7%-9% on an annualised basis. The Group is further 
investing in pioneering technology, as part of a funded scheme, which will facilitate  
the conversion from gas/oil to green electricity usage for paper machines in advance  
of our 2030 ambition.

Actions: ACTION

Continue with construction of our decarbonisation facility in a purpose built energy 
centre on site.

Risk description and Impact 

The pension deficits for the two defined benefit schemes do not reduce in line with  
agreed plans with the actuary, or continue to increase, dependent on discount rates, 
inflation, mortality assumptions and investment strategies.

Mitigation

Monitor pension investment strategy with the trustees, taking into account gilt yields, 
inflation and hedging arrangements. Also consider additional solutions to ensure the 
deficit is reduced year-on-year. Add strength to our pension team through contracting 
with a pension lawyer. Maintain formal reporting structure to hold the Trustee to account 
over investment performance.

Actions: ACTION

Agree deficit reduction mechanism, to include additional contingent payments as and 
when the Group deems it is in a position to pay them. New General Counsel and CFOO 
to join internal pension sub-committee on appointment.

SECURITY OF SUPPLY

Risk description and Impact 

COMMERCIAL 
FINANCIAL 
OPERATIONAL

No Change —

Disruption to access of critical raw materials due to shortages, logistical challenges  
or market forces leading to insufficient volumes being available to support production 
operations or escalating costs could lead to loss of business and penalties.

Mitigation

The Group has identified and continues to manage strategic suppliers through supply 
agreements and contracts. Dual sourcing of critical raw materials is applied in most cases 
and the adoption of hedging strategy to minimise/manage costs. The Paper business 
continues to drive the identification and use of waste fibre streams to replace virgin  
fibre in its goal to achieve 50% use of recycled fibre as a proportion of overall fibre  
usage. Compliance to Sourcing Standards is monitored and maintained throughout.

Actions: ACTION

Secure multiple sources of supply for critical supplies. Increase agility in applying 
surcharge mechanisms where required to offset cost escalation. 

22

23

Strategic Report - Risk Management

Strategic Report - Risk Management

Viability statement

James Cropper is driven by its purpose – 
Pioneering Materials to Safeguard our 
Future – which informs and influences  
the decisions we make as we fulfil our 
accelerated growth strategy.

Our aim is to create increased value for  
our stakeholders, on a sustainable basis, 
through accelerated growth in each of our 
market focused segments; Creative Papers, 
Luxury Packaging, Technical Fibres and 
Future Energy by leveraging our potential 
as one Company under the James Cropper 
name supported by a strong capital 
expenditure programme.

We are about making a material difference, 
utilising over 175 years of innovation, 
market leading experience, long term 
sustainable focus and know-how and 
stewardship. We aim to deliver solutions  
to today’s societal needs, including 
sustainable, easy to recycle packaging  
and high-performance technical materials  
for advancement in industries focused  
on the transition to a greener and more 
sustainable future.

The Board has assessed the Group’s 
prospects and believes that a two-year 
planning horizon to March 2025, based  
on the Board approved Group strategic 
plan, is an appropriate period over which  
to evaluate the Group’s ability to continue 
as a going concern.

The Board is satisfied that the Group  
will be able to respond to such plausible 
downside scenarios through various means 
which may include a reduced or deferred 
capital expenditure programme to ensure 
that the Group continues to meet its 
ongoing obligations. 

The Group and Company will have 
sufficient funds to continue to meet their 
liabilities as they fall due for at least 12 
months from the date of approval of the 
financial statements and therefore have 
prepared the financial statements on a  
going concern basis.

The Group’s three-year plan has been 
tested for plausible downsides scenarios 
including further expected effects of the 
energy crisis and inflationary pressures, 
hampered market growth, increasing 
carbon cost and commodity prices. 

In the event that a scenario partly or fully 
takes place the Group has various options 
available to maintain liquidity and continue 
operations. The Group remains within its 
key financial covenants which are that its 
net debt to underlying EBITDA ratio must 
not exceed 3.5 times and EBITDA must 
exceed 4.0 times net interest expense. 

There is adequate headroom throughout 
the duration of the plan, subject to 
reasonable downside scenarios, and the  
Group manages operations to maintain  
at least 20% headroom to the facility 
covenant positions. 

NETWORK & SYSTEMS SECURITY

Risk description and Impact 

ENVIRONMENTAL 
FINANCIAL 
REPUTATIONAL

No Change —

A targeted cyber-attack could result in significant loss, manipulation or destruction of 
critical information and operational capability, severely disrupting business operations.

Mitigation

The Group continues to evolve its cyber security posture to provide a robust IT security 
and data protection roadmap in line with an ever-evolving threat landscape.  
A multi-layered approach has been implemented, including:

-  Investment in best of breed next generation intelligent solutions (including Firewalls, 
Intrusion Detection, SIEM, immutable backup technology, End Point Protection and 
real-time threat detection and protection). Independent external experts are engaged to 
conduct annual assessments and to provide ongoing cyber security assurance support 
(vulnerability management, risk management and weekly testing). We continuously 
review the latest threats and trends to ensure our programme is current & effective  
and we continue to evolve the design and policies of our platform to manage resilience 
and incident management and response effectively.

-  We engage with all employees to provide training and ongoing insights/awareness  
of cyber security threats and support (at work, at home and personal) and invest in 
training platforms and 3rd party consultancy to support the onward development  
of the IT team.

Actions: ACTION

Continue to evolve our cyber security posture with ongoing investment and  
review. Continue to focus on business engagement and education to all employees  
on identifying risks.

ENERGY PRICE VOLATILITY

Risk description and Impact 

FINANCIAL

No Change —

CORPORATE & REGULATORY 
COMPLIANCE

COMMERCIAL 
FINANCIAL 
REPUTATIONAL

No Change —

Global uncertainty continues to drive energy price volatility and suppress liquidity which 
reduces the opportunity for forward purchasing. Although the main site has the ability to 
run on multiple fuel sources, energy costs are interconnected. As an energy intensive 
business, prolonged high energy costs have a negative impact on business performance.

Mitigation

The Group continues to pursue forward pricing opportunities to secure best  
pricing and/or provide price certainty for a given period of time. It can apply an  
energy surcharge mechanism to offset peak pricing periods. Longer term, continued 
investment in energy saving upgrades and in its pioneering decarbonisation programme 
will facilitate the move to more consistent green energy contracts.

Actions: MONITOR

Continue to monitor current energy pricing and secure longer term price hedging.

Risk description and Impact 

With over 600 employees across our locations, individuals may fail to act in accordance 
with ethical and legal requirements, internal policies or the Group’s Values. Failure to 
comply with these requirements could result in significant financial penalties, disputes 
and claims, loss of customers or access to contracts and damage to our reputation.

Mitigation

The Group has a strong and clear Purpose and Values set created by employees which sits 
at the heart of our decision making. Compliance policies and procedures are in place for 
key regulatory compliance risks. The Group works with a network of third-party experts 
to augment our advice on specific compliance areas. Additionally, the Group has begun  
to roll out online compliance courses around these risks. A newly created employee Code 
of Ethics & Behaviours was implemented and distributed to all employees during 2022. 
The Group is subject to regular and detailed audit by its critical customers and has a 
standing compliance team that is engaged to respond.

Moving forward, the Group has recently created a new role of General Counsel and 
Company Secretary which will bolster its internally capability to manage compliance  
in this risk category.

Actions: MONITOR

Continue to monitor and advise on the prevailing regulatory environment. 

24

25

Strategic Report - S172(1) Statement

Strategic Report - S172(1) Statement

PROMOTING THE SUCCESS OF OUR GROUP

OUR APPROACH

The Board is responsible for leading 
engagement across all stakeholder groups.

We supply to customers across the globe,  
to both small businesses and multinational 
organisations, investing the time to build 
and retain strong partnerships is key to  
our success.

We recognise our employees are the 
lifeblood of our business and are our  
most valuable resource. From new  
starters, apprentices and graduates 
beginning their working life to employees 
who have followed their family through 
several generations.

As a Board, we have a duty to promote  
the success of the Group for the benefit  
of our members. In doing so, however,  
we must have regard for the interests of  
our employees, for the success of our 
relationships with suppliers and customers, 
for the impact of our operations on the 
community, and for the desirability of 
maintaining a reputation for high standards 
of business conduct. 

These stakeholder considerations are 
woven throughout all of our discussions 
and decisions. Like any business, 
sometimes we have to take decisions  
that adversely affect one or more of  
these groups and, in such cases, we always 
look to ensure that those impacted are 
treated fairly.

OUR SHAREHOLDERS

The Directors consider the best method  
of delivery to achieve our strategic 
objectives taking into consideration all 
stakeholders including shareholders and we 
endeavour to ensure all shareholders are 
treated fairly. All Directors hold shares in 
the Company aligning their interests with 
those of shareholders. 

Engagement with our institutional and 
private shareholders is an ongoing process 
that we encourage and pro-actively  
engage with through a range of channels.  
We hosted an on-site investor day for 
potential investors in July 2022. 

S172(1) STATEMENT

We participate in regular face-to face 
investor meetings, virtual meetings and site 
visits throughout the year, as well as email 
correspondence, calls and at our AGM.  
At this year’s AGM, we will be offering 
shareholders the opportunity to undertake 
a site tour of our paper mill.

BOARD CONSIDERATIONS

In response to the negative voting last year, 
the Board has addressed a majority of 
actions. Further details can be found in the 
Corporate Governance Statement, the 
Report of the Audit Committee and the 
Report of the Remuneration Committee. 

Further reading:

Pages 52 to 55 
Corporate Governance Statement.

Pages 57 to 58  
Report of the Audit Committee.

Pages 61 to 65 
Report of the Remuneration Committee.

During the year an interim dividend  
2.0p per ordinary share was paid.  
In addition, the Board are proposing a  
final dividend of 4.0p per ordinary share  
to be approved by shareholders at this 
year’s AGM.

The Board will invite all shareholders to 
our next AGM on Tuesday 26 September 
2023. The Board encourages our 
shareholders take the opportunity to 
express their voting preferences by either 
using the proxy cards that will be sent out 
with the notice of the AGM or attending 
the AGM itself.

The Group’s website is regularly updated 
and provides additional information on  
the Group.

OUR EMPLOYEES

Our employees are our biggest asset and 
fundamental to the success of the Group. 
The health and wellbeing of our employees 
is of the highest priority, embedding Code 
of Ethics and Behaviours at work.

Despite the 4% annual pay increase to all 
employees, the Board made a significant 
decision to provide all employees with a 
one-off cost of living payment to support 
the sudden inflationary rises.

The on-site gym is now fully open with 
unisex shower facilities and the canteen  
has been refreshed and upgraded.

LEAP, our leadership development 
programme was launched across all 
leadership levels as well as a people portal 
for all employees to have access and review 
their personal data and development.

As a result of feedback from the employee 
survey in FY2022 the Company continued 
to implement improvements to facilities 
and working environment. 

At our Burneside site, we have completed 
the first phase of our three year plan to  
upgrade our fire systems. The air 
conditioning systems have been repaired  
in the canteen and blender house.  
The maintenance of the papermill roof  
is still ongoing.

To ensure all employees are kept up to 
speed with latest developments and 
business news, communication is regularly 
provided via face-to-face briefings, global 
emails, our internal intranet and regular 
team updates. We encourage two-way 
dialogue and have successfully introduced 
an open channel for anyone across the 
business to ask a question. We also  
conduct bi-annual financial briefings  
and presentations for our workforce. 

To improve visibility, the Executive 
Committee regularly enjoy lunches with 
employees in the canteen. On a monthly 
basis, the Chairman and CEO undertake 
impromptu site walks, as well as hosting 
Chairman’s lunches with small groups 
across the different divisions. 

Bi-annually, the CEO will visit our global 
teams in Launceston, Cornwall and 
Schenectady, New York. The Chairman 
also regularly meets with senior managers.

Regular consultative meetings were  
held with union representatives on all 
aspects of Group developments.

Further reading:

Pages 47 to 48 Our People

Pages 10 to 16 Chief Executive’s Review

The third phase of solar panels were 
installed on the roof of the TFP buildings. 
These panels are owned by Burneside 
Community Energy Ltd who sell all the 
power generated to the Group with any 
profit ploughed back into the local 
community. Discussions will shortly be 
underway for a fourth phase to increase  
the number of solar panels on our 
Burneside site.

Our vision for doing business is one that 
delivers growth whilst also serving society, 
and is strongly aligned with the sustainable 
development goals. By using our resources 
as a business to address issues such as 
biodiversity, reforestation, upcycling and 
climate change we are delivering benefits  
to our stakeholders and society.

For and on behalf of the Board 
Steve Adams 
Chief Executive Officer 
3 August 2023

OUR CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS

Our business model depends on strong 
partnerships with our customers and 
suppliers. These relationships are based on 
true partnerships and collaborations that 
enable us to provide pioneering solutions 
that solve their business need. 

In recent years, our growth has been 
underpinned by close collaborations  
with more global corporations. 

We continue to increase our work in  
the area of preventing modern slavery.  
Our latest Modern Slavery Statement  
can be found on our website.

With the onset of the energy crisis and the 
global inflationary pressures, regular 
consultation with customers and suppliers 
has been undertaken and continues as we 
work together to share the impact during 
these challenging times. Price increases have 
been implemented with an energy price 
surcharge agreed with our customers that  
is monitored regularly as we share the 
burden of the volatile energy prices.

OUR COMMUNITY

Being the largest business in the local  
area, with the Cropper family still living 
locally and involved in the business,  
the Group fully supports the local 
community and charities. 

The impact of our operations on the 
communities in which we work is an 
important consideration in our Board 
discussions. Our Community Support 
Committee regularly receives requests  
from schools, charities and organisations 
seeking support for activities that benefit 
our local communities.

In the year, charitable donations of  
£6,327 were made to local charities and 
organisations in addition to the free  
paper donated to various schools and 
organisations. The total figure donated  
over the last 5 years by the Community 
Support Committee is £62,938. 

26

27

Technical Fibre Products

Technical Fibre Products

TECHNICAL FIBRE PRODUCTS LTD

The last year has been another record 
year for the division, delivering £37.2  
million in revenue and further sales 
growth expected, particularly in the 
future energy markets. 

Our core Aerospace business has now 
recovered to pre-covid levels, but has been 
overtaken as our largest market by the fuel 
cell and electrolyser segment, which has 
shown year-on-year growth of almost 40%. 
This growth is reflective of the segment’s 
projected expansion, with a predicted 
compound annual growth rate (CAGR)  
of 61% and 26% over the next five years  
for PEM electrolysers and hydrogen fuel 
cells respectively. 

To support the continuing rapid growth 
forecasted, TFP has installed a coating  
line in the US to increase production 
capacity this year, as well as making key 
senior appointments to both lead and 
further accelerate sales and market  
growth and drive operational efficiency  
and capacity improvements. The associated 
increase in overheads and investment to 
position the Company for future growth 
has impacted EBIT, with revenue growing 
at a higher rate. 

DIVISIONAL REPORT

This expansion in both team and 
production capacity is part of a robust 
five-year growth strategy, which the 
division has implemented, focusing on 
driving accelerated growth in both core  
and emerging markets, cultivating a  
high-performance team and achieving 
operational excellence.

As the Company starts to position  
itself as an advanced materials and  
paper group, Technical Fibre Products  
and TFP Hydrogen Products will be 
known under the established Group  
name James Cropper. 

The divisions will become two market-
facing segments, named James Cropper 
Technical Fibres and James Cropper Future 

Energy respectively, these routes to  
market have been created for the benefit  
of our external audiences and will enable  
us to leverage the brand value of the  
James Cropper name across all markets. 

This change will be implemented in the 
coming financial year supported by 
branding work and further marketing 
growth related activities, we look  
forward to presenting the accelerated 
successes next year.

James Gravestock 
Managing Director, TFP  
23 August 2023

TFP 

Revenue 

Adjusted EBITDA (APM4) 

Adjusted operating profit (APM1) 

2023 
£’000 

37,187 

10,714 

9,244 

2022 
£’000 

31,209 

9,905 

8,684 

Change

19%

8%

6%

TFP: POSITIONED FOR STRATEGIC GROWTH

To further accelerate growth and realise  
the potential of the division, TFP has 
implemented a new strategy focussed  
on four main areas with each playing a 
pivotal role. 

These are; People, Systems, Operations  
and Commercial Growth.

To deliver strong commercial growth, 
strategic markets such as hydrogen 
generation and use, carbon capture,  
fuel cell technology and renewable energy 
are being deliberately prioritised and 
targeted with recently created market 
growth programs. Alongside additional 
tools that our expanding sales teams are 
being equipped with these, will accelerate 

our sales successes and also help retain  
our strong market position in core sectors  
such as aerospace and defence. 

Greater customer intimacy and 
understanding of their future needs is  
also shaping future new product 
development (NPD), route to market  
and portfolio decisions.

To support the anticipated increase in  
sales and to meet the future demands of  
our customers, the operational structure 
and capacity also needs to be in place.  
This will require significant investment in 
manufacturing, to both ensure scalability 
and improve the operational efficiency of 
existing assets. 

We are also reviewing plans for new lines 
and new manufacturing locations in order 
to meet prioritised geographic market 
demand and provide local support for 
customers. Investment in business system 
upgrades is taking place to further improve 
material quality, customer relationship 
management and to start to integrate all  
our business processes to enable improved 
planning and efficiencies.

In parallel to this investment in systems, 
capacity and commercial growth, we 
recognise that growth also necessitates 
continued investment in our people.  
An integral part of the strategy therefore  
will be to continue to develop a global, 
diverse and high-performing team.

28

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Fibre Products

INVESTING IN TALENT

In order to spearhead our ambitious growth plans, TFP announced a number of key leadership appointments in 2023. These include the 
appointment of Robert Musgrove as Global Commercial Director of TFP Ltd and President of TFP Inc., Rajat Samal as Global Operations 
Director and Lauren Wolstencroft as Head of Marketing.

Robert Musgrove 

Rajat Samal 

Lauren Wolstencroft 

Rob commenced his post in January 2023, 
bringing with him a wealth of international 
commercial experience in the materials 
sector in markets including electronics, 
construction, transport and industrial.  
He has a strong leadership background, 
with previous senior roles including  
Sales Director and Global Key Account 
Manager at 3M. Based in the USA,  
Rob oversees the global commercial 
activities, and is working across the  
division to drive the activities from the 
recently created Commercial growth  
plan, to further accelerate growth in all 
sectors, particularly in renewable energy  
and the hydrogen economy. 

Rajat joined TFP as Global Operations 
Director in February 2023, with over  
20 years’ leadership and manufacturing 
experience gained from working for GE, 
Eaton and most recently Fluiconnecto  
by Manuli. Rajat is responsible for TFP’s 
manufacturing, customer service and  
supply chain functions, delivering a  
robust global operations strategy that  
will enable the scale up of the TFP  
and TFP Hydrogen businesses for  
the significant growth anticipated in the 
near and medium term.

Lauren started as Head of Marketing for 
TFP in March 2023. She leads all aspects  
of the division’s marketing strategy and 
activities globally, to achieve the division’s 
long-term vision to serve industries and 
applications that enable a cleaner, greener, 
safer world. Lauren has extensive B2B  
and B2C marketing experience across a 
number of sectors including art, law  
and engineering products, most recently  
as Head of Marketing and Commercial 
Services at Metalube Group.

TFP is forecast to deliver unprecedented growth in the next 5 years and recognises that the people and expertise that we have in place are  
central to achieving this. The wealth of expertise that Rob, Rajat, and Lauren bring to the team will further strengthen our ability to  
introduce and deliver our advanced materials into both new and existing global markets.

CAPACITY EXPANSION TO SUPPORT  
EXPONENTIAL GROWTH IN GREEN HYDROGEN 

Over this last financial year, TFP Hydrogen 
Products (TFPH) has expanded production 
outside of the UK and installed specialised 
electrolyser coating technology at  
TFP’s site in Schenectady, New York. 

Our investment in a US facility has been  
a necessary step, both to increase capacity 
worldwide and to provide local supply  
and technical ground support for  
North American Electrolyser companies,  
creating a lean, short, supply chain.  
This will provide significant market 
opportunity in North America.

The technology incorporated in our new 
line produces high performance component 
coatings which improve the efficiency and 
durability of Proton Exchange Membrane 

(PEM) water electrolysers, one of the 
foremost technologies in the transition to 
green hydrogen. 

The US line, which can support 600MW 
electrolyser capacity, is now fully 
operational and its rapid installation  
and commissioning forms the basis of  
our future expansion plans which project  
a further threefold increase in capacity  
by the end of 2023. 

The addition of the Schenectady line also 
means that our current coating production 
is now capable of supplying 3GW of PEM 
electrolyser capacity globally, even before 
the additional expansion.

Scalable Manufacturing 

The new line in Schenectady utilises 
proprietary coating technology developed 
by TFPH in Cornwall, UK and has been 
specifically designed with scalability in 
mind to facilitate and respond to the 
exponential growth that is expected by  
this market. 

The U.S. Department of Energy’s (DOE) 
anticipates that the U.S. electrolyser 
capacity alone will have to increase from 
0.17 gigawatts (GW) today to over 1,000 
GW in 2050. The line provides a blueprint 
for future TFP Hydrogen coating lines 
worldwide, enabling us to support the 
electrolyser manufacturing hubs being 
established globally as the technology 
adoption accelerates.

Accelerating PEMWE Adoption 

TFP Hydrogen’s coating  
technology addresses the key material 
challenges in using titanium PEM 
electrolyser components. 

It improves the performance of the parts  
by reducing their interfacial contact 
resistance so that they operate more 
efficiently, as well as protecting parts  
from corrosion which would normally 
reduce function and lifespan. 

The result is improved long term 
component performance and durability and 
an increased electrolyser system lifetime. 
This ultimately helps to reduce the total 
lifetime cost of green hydrogen production 
and enable PEM electrolysers to progress 
towards achieving the ‘Hydrogen Shot’  
– a US Department of Energy (DOE) 
initiative that seeks to reduce the cost  
of clean hydrogen by 80% to $1 per  
1 kilogram in 1 decade (“1 1 1”).

Technical Fibre Products

WHAT IS A PEM WATER ELECTROLYSER?

A Proton Exchange Membrane  
(PEM) electrolyser is an electrochemical 
system that carries out the electrolysis  
of water. PEM electrolysers consume  
an electric current, generated from 
renewable energy, to split the water  
into its component molecules hydrogen 
and oxygen. 

As a result, green hydrogen is 
produced, which has the  
potential to change the way we  
fuel our cars and other modes  
of transport, as well as the way  
we heat our homes, businesses  
and power industrial processes. 

TFP CREATES SUSTAINABLE SOLUTIONS  
TO COMPOSITES INDUSTRY  
AND LAUNCHES ECOVEIL

The improved surface finish reduces further 
processing costs of the composite and can 
also be used to add functionality to the part 
if needed. 

The new range is an exciting addition to 
our current portfolio of solutions for 
composites and the market has responded 
positively to the product, with testing  
and validation already commenced with 
multiple tier 1 aerospace suppliers. 

As well as expanding capacity to support 
the growth in the hydrogen industry,  
TFP has also launched a new range of 
sustainable materials designed for use in 
multiple composites markets, including 
aerospace, automotive and sporting goods. 

This range, branded as ECOVEIL,  
has been introduced as a response to  
the increasing demand for more 
environmentally responsible alternatives  
in the composites market.

Sustainable Solutions To  
Composite Challenges 

Our new ECOVEIL nonwovens are 
produced from naturally derived or 
recycled fibres and can be incorporated 
directly into a composite structure to 
improve the finish, fabrication and 
functionality of a component. 

One typical application is providing  
a sustainable alternative to traditional 
composite surfacing veils, such as  
our OPTIVEIL range, which are used  
to create a smooth layer on the surface  
of composites. 

WHAT IS  
A COMPOSITE?

Composites, or ‘polymer 
composites’, represent a key market 
for TFP’s nonwoven materials. 

A composite is a multi-phase 
material in which a fibre 
reinforcement (e.g. glass, carbon or 
aramid) is encased in a resin matrix.

Composites deliver a higher 
strength per unit of weight than 
most metals, for example they are 
up to 70% lighter than steel, whilst 
also offering a high level of 
corrosion and abrasion resistance.

As a result they have become  
well established in the aerospace, 
automotive and wind turbine 
industries (amongst many others)  
as a means to reduce weight  
without compromising on  
strength or performance. 

This need for the ‘lightweighting’  
of components is key to achieving 
lower vehicle or aircraft emissions 
and higher power output from 
offshore wind turbines.    

30

31

ColourformTM

ColourformTM

MOULDED PACKAGING PRODUCTS

I am pleased to report that our 
ColourformTM business not only 
continues to grow but remains unabated 
in its ability to disrupt the luxury 
packaging industry. Our strategy of 
encouraging our partners to re-imagine 
what is possible, despite any perceived 
restrictions, has delivered exciting new 
collaborations over these last 12 months. 

We have delivered packaging launches for 
Lancôme (L’Oréal) and Perrier-Jouët 
(Pernod Ricard) bringing noteworthy  
and new dimensions to their sectors. 
Innovations include stunningly detailed 
embossing on La Vie Est Belle, and the use 
of vine shoots for the Belle Epoque 
‘Cocoon’. The naturally derived agrifibre is 
recovered after end of season pruning, 
ensuring that is given a second life and that 
the packaging is both recyclable with other 
paper products and circular in design.

We have achieved international acclaim  
for our creativity and sustainability in  
a way that no other product in the  
global packaging market has ever been  
able to achieve.  

Winning 16 awards and counting, has 
allowed the James Cropper Luxury 
Packaging proposition to become 
positioned as an exemplar that is being used 
by more of the world’s luxury brands. 

DIVISIONAL REPORT

We continue to regularly feature in the 
international packaging media and design 
community for luxury moulded fibre, 
exhibiting and providing thought 
leadership at over 40 innovation meetings 
and industry events in Paris, Milan, 
London, Monaco, Glasgow and New York.

Growing for future success

As we look to the year ahead, our focus 
will ensure a balanced portfolio of future 
projects that reflect the needs of the market. 
Our headline innovation projects continue 
to expand, developing the finished products 
further with colour and embellishments. 
We will also address more general business 
demands that reflect the desire to seek 
alternatives to plastic and multi-material 
existing packaging in the sector.

In order to continue our trajectory of 
growth, we will combine our talent, 
technical knowledge and experience with 
our colleagues across the paper mill to 
collaborate and provide a richer offering  
to our customers.

By promoting the full suite of James 
Cropper Creative Papers and Luxury 
Packaging, this will enable us to expand  
our proposition and own the luxury  
packaging market.   

This is an exciting new chapter for us as we 
continue to provide solutions that prove 
beauty and sustainability do work together 
in partnership, brilliantly!  

Patrick Willink 
Managing Director, ColourformTM 
23 August 2023

ColourformTM 

Revenue 

Adjusted EBITDA (APM4) 

Adjusted operating loss (APM1) 

2023   
£’000   

4,326   

(260 ) 

(1,057 ) 

2022  
£’000  

3,363   

174   

(754 ) 

Change

29%

-249%

-40%

32

33

 
   
   
 
 
James Cropper Paper

PAPER - HIGHLIGHTS

FOCUS ON LUXURY PACKAGING

After a few challenging years the market 
for luxury packaging is poised to grow 
annually at rate of 5.5% to 2033.  
Luxury packaging can go a long way 
towards distinguishing premium 
products and enhancing that all 
important shelf appeal, and our focus is 
firmly on delivering growth in this sector. 

As our society seeks to abandon fossil-
based materials, there is continuing  
demand and preference for paper-based 
packaging due to its high recyclability  
and sustainability credentials. 

Consumers are demanding eco-friendly 
options, from biodegradable and recycling 
solutions to strikingly colourful materials 
and innovative textures. 

In January 2023, our multi-million 
investment in a new Embossing Centre of 
Excellence culminated with the installation 
of a new embosser varnisher, sitting 
alongside smart eye production technology 
more commonly applied in Formula 1  
and the aerospace sector, for the creation  
of precision-made textured papers.

This investment will allow us to meet 
growing customer demand for surface 
aesthetics in luxury packaging and creative 
papers, as well as best in class service for 
bespoke textural effects, alongside the 
development of individual colour.

We continue to make improvements in  
our operations to deliver a choice of low- 
carbon, regenerative, bio-based solutions 
for our customers, and most importantly, 
work alongside clients on eco-design  
led projects that are making a material 
difference on their sustainability journey.

Iconic Mulberry Green packaging:  
Custom green, 50% recycled 

“ At Mulberry, we are committed to transforming our business to a 
regenerative and circular model by 2030, and to become Net Zero 
by 2035. To achieve these ambitious goals, we are continuously 
assessing ways to reduce our environmental impact and steward 
circularity, even down to our Mulberry packaging. James 
Cropper’s innovative recycling system transforms coffee cups into 
the paper for our iconic carriers and also helps ensure that all our 
customer-facing packaging is now recyclable or reusable.” 

Conscious Beauty from Shiseido:  
Rydal Natural White, 100% recycled

“ Ulé is a conscious beauty brand, so it made sense to design our 
packaging with the most minimal impact on the environment 
right from the start. At the same time, we wanted products with  
a desirable look and feel, in line with our brand codes.” 

The brand uses light weighted glass bottles and bio-based lids  
and has removed leaflets and inner carton components from  
outer packaging.

It was a challenging year for the paper 
manufacturing industry as a whole, with 
significant increases in raw material and 
energy costs, resulting in a number of 
mills in the UK and Europe being forced 
to close. 

Whilst, we managed to achieve record sales 
of £88.2 million, up 25% on the previous 
year, the cost increases we incurred severely 
impacted our product margins, resulting in 
an operating loss.

Demand in some of our traditional higher 
volume areas has declined as those sectors 
move away from paper to digital, a trend 
accelerated by changes in customer 
behaviour in response to the pandemic. 

At the same time, we have also chosen to 
exit less value adding businesses to enable  
us to focus on our main strategic areas.

Following a value over volume strategy,  
our focus is increasingly on Luxury 
Packaging and premium Creative Papers. 
Our expertise in colour and leading 
innovation in sustainable fibre, provide 
strong points of differentiation and have 
helped us to achieve share growth in  
both of these areas, in spite of the tough 
market conditions.

As we further develop our sustainable 
capabilities, a particular highlight was  
the launch of our FibreBlend Upcycled 
Technology programme. Building on  
from CupCycling, our unique approach  
to recycling used paper coffee cups, we  
have expanded our capability in the 
recovery and upcycling of other  
valuable waste materials. 

PAPER PRODUCTS

DIVISIONAL REPORT

Our reclaimed fibre sources include waste 
paper from offices, trim from packaging 
manufacturing and the thread from used 
denim jeans, keeping materials in use that 
would otherwise go to waste. 

With FibreBlend, we take a tailored 
approach to every project, creating papers 
that support the sustainability ambitions  
of our customers, without compromising  
the technical and aesthetic requirements. 

Right-sizing our business

Throughout the last year, we have been 
reviewing all aspects of the Paper business 
and developing a major transformation 
programme, to enable a return to profit. 

We aim to create a stronger and more 
competitive business, that will serve our 
customers better and ensure that we are 
more resilient to the external challenges  
that we will continue to face.

During the coming year, we will be right 
sizing the Paper business, based on a reduced 
volume, aligned to a streamlined and higher 
value customer and product portfolio. 

The transformation includes an 
organisational restructure, with a  
15% reduction in headcount across the 
Paper division. Alongside this we will be 
introducing a new operational model,  
with continuous seven day manufacturing, 
enabling greater productivity. 

This will be supported by the 
implementation of a lean business 
programme to drive further quality  
and efficiency improvements.

Leading with our Values; forward-thinking, 
responsible and caring, we are committed 
to make the necessary changes that will 
provide a more flexible working 
environment; one that meets our employee 
needs, our business requirements  
and delivers for our customers.

We recognise personal development is 
extremely important, as was evident in the 
2022 employee survey results. We want  
to ensure any change made to working 
practices is to the benefit of our employees, 
by providing better training and more 
opportunity to up-skill for career 
progression within James Cropper  
and beyond.

We acknowledge that this year, and the 
previous years, have presented themselves 
with many challenges and I wish to express 
my gratitude to all employees who have 
shown their strength, agility, openness  
and ability to embrace change so positively.

Steve Adams 
Managing Director, Paper  
23 August 2023

Paper 

Revenue 

Adjusted EBITDA (APM4) 

Adjusted operating loss (APM1) 

2023  
£’000  

88,151  

(1,277 ) 

(2,847 ) 

2022  
£’000  

70,350   

(796 ) 

(2,338 ) 

Change

25%

-60%

-22%

34

35

 
  
   
 
 
James Cropper Paper

Sustainability - ESG

Royal British Legion’s  
new Plastic-free Poppy:  
Custom red & green,  
50% recycled  

“ We’re proud to have designed a 

plastic-free poppy that will enable 
people to show their support for our 
Armed Forces community in a more 
sustainable way. We are thankful to our 
long-standing supplier James Cropper 
who developed the innovative paper 
used in the new poppy. The Company’s 
industry-leading technology which 
 reuses waste from the manufacture  
of coffee cups has ensured the iconic  
poppy is now made entirely from 
responsibly sourced materials.”

FIBREBLEND UPCYCLED TECHNOLOGY

Consistent with our vision to drive 
growth of upcycled fibre within the 
Company’s paper products to reach  
50 percent by 2025, James Cropper’s 
FibreBlend Upcycled Technology model 
organises the plethora of fibre options 
available to customers into a clear offer, 
demonstrating the limitless expertise 
available to them. 

More than just a product or process, 
FibreBlend embraces the key strands of a 
circular economy system, driven by design; 
to reduce waste, circulate materials at their 
highest value and regenerate nature.

The fibre combinations we use not only 
support the regeneration of forest 
ecosystems but also keep materials in  
use; through a commitment to constant  
fibre innovation, we have found solutions  
to tackle societal challenges on waste by 
upcycling problematic materials into high 
value paper products.

We use a variety of carefully selected  
natural and renewable fibres for our paper 
products, perfectly showcased in our  
Rydal Collection for luxury packaging – 
demonstrating that sustainability doesn’t 
begin and end with recovered fibre. 

A perfect balance of paper performance, 
environmental impact and visual appeal  
can be achieved by using a blend of virgin 
and recycled fibre, whilst maintaining 
consistency in the product properties.

From the world’s first technology to  
upcycle used coffee cups to the industry 
leading incorporation of used jeans into  
fully recyclable paper for packaging –  
we are making a material difference with  
our FibreBlend options. 

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL  
AND GOVERNANCE (ESG)

At James Cropper, sustainability  
spans every area of our business and  
is integral to the way we add value to  
our customers. 

We care deeply about delivering  
greater positive impact; for our planet,  
the environment, our neighbours  
and society in general.  

James Cropper is the name behind 
pioneering materials and technologies  
that feature in many of the world’s  
most successful brands. With that comes  
a responsibility to ensure that our  
activities, the way we do business, will  
help safeguard a sustainable future for 
generations to come.  

As the world changes and evolves, so too 
does our focus on sustainability; it has 
been, and will remain, a central element of 
how we do business. 

Our rich papermaking heritage has always 
celebrated natural, renewable materials. 
Today, our strategic goal for sustainable 
growth takes on many more forms. 

Whether that is from upcycling or  
recycling materials, lightweighting, 
decarbonisation, or innovative solutions  
in the green energy sector, we continue  
to evolve our business as we work to  
reduce our effect on the environment.

Our Purpose 

Pioneering materials to safeguard our  
future - underpins our commitment to 
sustainability that is aligned to the  
United Nations Sustainable Development 
Goals (SDGs). The innovative materials  
we create and technologies we employ  
allow us to tackle some of the biggest 
challenges the world is facing.

Sustainability means doing business the  
right way, adapting and challenging  
ourselves to meet business needs, today  
and in the future. We work closely with  
our customers to create differentiated 
products, that are making a material 
difference for the long-term.  

As we work to accelerate the 
transformations needed for a net zero, 
nature friendly, balanced and fair future, 
our aim is that the sustainability issues  
and opportunities we have identified  
across the business are addressed in the 
day-to-day activities of all our employees

ESG Committee

Formed in September 2020, our ESG 
Committee is chaired by our CEO,  
Steve Adams, and is a formal subcommittee 
of the Executive Committee. 

It has delegated authority to oversee the 
development, measurement and delivery  
of the metrics that the Group will use  
across the three pillars of our sustainability 
strategy: Sustainable Manufacturing,  
People and Society, and Responsible 
Business Practices.

It comprises members of the Executive 
Committee and Non-Board members  
from across the business. With a blend  
of knowledge and strengths from across  
the Group on the 9 priority areas  
identified as being most material to the  
key stakeholders for our business, the 
Committee has additional expert advice and 
support provided by third-party partners.

In 2022, the ESG Committee met quarterly, 
and going forward ESG will have greater 
focus and resource within the business to 
make improvements and navigate an 
increasingly complex regulatory landscape.

External Ratings

Our full focus is on delivering impact on  
the priority areas, however, we understand 
the value to our stakeholders of external 
ratings. We use the submission and 
feedback processes from ratings such as 
EcoVadis to learn and improve our 
approach across the sustainability agenda.

36

37

Sustainability - ESG

Sustainability - ESG

Downstream Scope 3 emissions are 
specifically excluded as it would involve 
detailed life cycle analysis to deliver  
reliable results. Additionally, the ability  
of James Cropper Group to influence 
associated emissions is limited compared  
to opportunities in the supply chain and 
elsewhere in the business. The exclusion  
of these categories may be reviewed in  
the future. 

Our Scope 1, 2 & 3 GHG emissions are 
verified by Erebus Environmental Ltd.  
The carbon footprint report follows the 
reporting principles of the Greenhouse  
Gas Protocol Corporate Standard and 
associated supplemental advice for  
Scope 2 and 3.

Carbon footprint

At the end of the financial year, we 
achieved a significant reduction in our  
gross Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions of 
6,900 tCO²e, finishing at 34,700 tCO²e  
(2022: 41,600 tCO²e). This is a 16.6% 
reduction against our baseline carbon 
footprint report year of 2022. 

Several capex projects are also underway  
that will significantly help us reduce our 
operational carbon emissions:

•   A significant amount of work has  
been completed in the past year on 
balancing our paper machine drying 
hoods. Installs have been completed  
on two of our machines and the  
controls are constantly being optimised. 
Work is planned to continue this project 
throughout 2023/24, optimising our  
hood balances further, ultimately  
reducing the amount of steam used for  
the drying process.  

•  Our manufacturing site in Burneside  

•   Phase 2 of our metering project is 

has installed a new state-of-the-art high 
efficiency steam boiler, which will deliver 
a reduction in environmental emissions 
as well as energy usage in the coming 
years. Due to its ability to modulate 
(unlike our previous model), it is well 
equipped to cope with a wide range of 
energy demands and will significantly 
improve the control of energy for 
production across the site.

•   We have attained planning permission  
to build a new Low Carbon Energy 
Centre, which will enable us to electrify 
our papermaking processes over the 
coming years. Scheduled for 2025, this 
project will provide a change in 
energy-source, resulting in a dramatic 
reduction in the amount of carbon we 
emit. This will also help towards our 
customer’s Scope 3 emissions targets. 

underway. To date, 80+ meters have  
been installed and there are plans to 
complete another two phases after this.  
Enhancing our understanding of when 
and where energy is being consumed  
on site allows waste to be identified  
and corrective measures to be taken.  
Adequate metering is said to enable 
businesses to save 5% of their annual 
energy consumption. 

We saw a decrease in our upstream Scope 3 
emissions of 5,000 tCO²e, finishing at 
41,000 tCO²e  (2022: 46,000 tCO²e). 
This decrease of 10.8% against our baseline 
carbon footprint report year of 2022,  
has been driven through collaboration  
with supply chain partners and more  
robust data collection. 

James Cropper pro-actively monitors  
and manages the impacts of its  
operations and continues to improve  
the breadth and accuracy of 
environmental reporting to better 
understand and communicate these to all 
stakeholders, and to manage associated 
business risks and opportunities.  

The Group already embeds sustainable 
business principles across the organisation  
in operations including waste management, 
water use, energy efficiency and renewable 
energy, and sustainable sourcing of 
materials and services.

Despite the external challenges of recent 
years, we have remained focused on our 
priority on tackling climate change as part  
of our wider sustainability commitments.  
Decarbonisation is seen as one of the most 
urgent and important actions to undertake.

We have been working in partnership with 
Erebus Environmental Ltd, as we continue 
to develop methodologies to follow best 
practice in how we collect, analyse and 
report data. As our knowledge in this  
area grows, we are making incremental 
improvements on data accuracy each year.

SUSTAINABLE MANUFACTURING

Sustainable Manufacturing

 Decarbonisation and energy • Water • Waste and resource management

Priority Area

Decarbonisation and energy

Strategic Intent

UN Sustainable Development Goals

To have a robust net zero aligned  
strategy and achieve net zero by 2050 
across our entire supply chain.

We have a robust decarbonisation 
roadmap in place for our manufacturing 
sites and we are already implementing  
the changes needed to cut our natural  
gas use by 25% by 2025. Work is also 
commencing to understand how we  
will fully decarbonise and support our 
ambition to be net zero by 2050 across 
our entire supply chain. 

Our commitment to net zero has driven a 
programme to understand and rethink how 
we consume and manage energy. A crucial 
element of this is a significant reduction in 
our primary energy usage and a move to 
renewable energy sources, and we have 
made some great strides in tightening up 
process controls and made efficiency 
improvements resulting in savings on 
energy consumption. 

In 2022, we consumed 189,000 MWh  
of energy across our Global operations 
(197,000 MWh in 2021). As part of  
our strategy to improve the efficiency of 
energy consumption, a number of capital 
investments and work was completed,  
in particular within energy intensive  
Paper Operations. 

Delivery against our decarbonisation 
ambition, through technology 
transformation and move from fossil  
energy sources, allows us to demonstrate 
quantifiable carbon reductions to support 
our customers and meet consumer 
expectations. Developing products from 
sustainable sources that offer benefits in  
use and support customers, also benefits 
consumers in living more sustainably  
and reducing their carbon footprint. 

Decarbonisation & Energy - Scope 1 & Scope 2 Emissions Only

Purchased 100% renewable electricity  
from the grid for the Burneside site.

Feasibility study to develop the required technology 
for the decarbonisation programme completed.

Significant energy saving investments and upgrades 
contributed to an 8% annualised reduction in site  
fuel consumption.  

Planning permission attained for the new  
Low Carbon Energy Centre

Grant application awarded for the decarbonisation 
programme and new Low Carbon Energy Centre

Phase 1 of the Low Carbon Energy Centre installed 
and in operation

38

39

Sustainability - ESG

Sustainability - ESG

Table 1 – Global Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions – Location-Based Figures

Global Operations  
(Location-Based)

Metric

Unit

UK Operations

USA Operations

2021/22 
Baseline

2022/23

Deviation

2021/22 
(Baseline)

2022/23

Deviation

Scope 1 
(Direct emissions)

Scope 2 
(Indirect emissions)

Total 
(Gross emissions)

tCO2e

40,123.4

33,036.6

-17.7%

tCO2e

1,235.4

1,381.8

11.9%

tCO2e

41,358.8

34,418.4

-16.8%

210.7

78.9

289.6

246.4

79.2

325.6

17.0%

0.4%

12.4%

Energy Consumption

kWh

200,456,939

186,552,822

-6.9%

1,911,442

2,108.661

10.3%

Intensity Ratio 
(kWh/£100,000)

£/kWh

£2,005

£1,866

-

£19

£21

-

1  Calculated using the location-based approach.
2  Calculated as (Scope 1 + Location-Based Scope 2).

3  Global operations in 2023 totalled 34,744.0 tCO²e compared  
to 41,648.4 tCO²e in 2022. A 16.6% reduction against the 
selected baseline.

Table 2 - Global Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions – Market-Based Figures

Global Operations  
(Market-Based)

Metric

Unit

UK Operations

USA Operations

2021/22 
Baseline

2022/23

Deviation

2021/22 
(Baseline)

2022/23

Deviation

Scope 1 
(Direct emissions)

Scope 2 
(Indirect emissions)

Total 
(Gross emissions)

tCO2e

40,123.4

33,036.6

-17.7%

tCO2e

25.4

42.8

68.5%

tCO2e

40,148.8

33,079.4

-17.6%

210.7

78.9

289.6

246.4

79.2

325.6

17.0%

0.4%

12.4%

1  Calculated using the market-based figures approach.  

Burneside and Crewe are on a certified green Electricity tariff.

2  Calculated as (Scope 1 + Market-Based Scope 2).

3  Global operations in 2022/23 totalled 33,405.0 tCO²e compared 
to 40,438.4 tCO²e in 2021/22. A 17.4% reduction against the 
selected baseline.

Methodology

•  GHG Protocol.  

Greenhouse gas emissions are  
reported in accordance with the 
Greenhouse Gas Protocol Carbon 
Reporting and Accounting Standards. 

•  Location-based Method.  

The first table reports emissions 
according to the GHG Protocol’s 
“location-based” reporting method, 
using grid-average emission factor data 
for all electricity generation sources. 

•  Market-based Method.  

•  Inventory Guidance.  

US EPA was used to identify  
Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions for  
our operations in Schenectady, USA. 

•  Group figures are compared to  

the selected base year to provide an 
indication of progress over time. 

The second table reports emissions 
according to the GHG Protocol’s 
“market-based” reporting method, 
which accounts for renewable energy 
purchases which are used to support  
our operations.

•  Both the Location-Based and Market-
Based tables are provided to deliver  
an insight into the emission savings 
generated through our Green Tariff 
Electricity contracts, however, from  
a reporting perspective the guidance  
on this is likely to change.

41

STREAMLINED ENERGY & CARBON REPORT

Energy use

Renewable energy

National Grid electricity

The underlying energy data used  
to calculate carbon emissions includes 
electricity, natural gas and other  
fuels purchased for use on-site  
and for transport. 

Energy used in the year across our  
Global locations totalled 188,661,483 kWh, 
lower than the previous year of  
196,550,102 kWh, driven mostly by 
efficiencies and savings made in  
Paper production. 

Globally we purchased 7,894,545 kWh 
of Electricity from the Grid, of which 
87.7% was on a Carbon Trust Certified 
Green Tariff. 

Classed as Tier 1 – from Solar, Hydro  
and Wind sources only, this renewable 
energy product conforms to the 
Greenhouse Gas Protocol, so can be 
reported as zero carbon emissions  
when using the market-based method.

For reporting purposes, Scope 2  
emissions  are reported using location-
based (grid average) and also using 
market-based (REGO backed) emissions.

1.21MW of Solar PV is currently installed 
across 6 different locations at our Burneside 
site. A majority of which are power 
purchase agreements made with Burneside 
Community Energy Ltd, a community 
benefit society. An additional 0.25 MW  
of Solar PV has recently been installed by 
the Ellergreen Group at our Effluent Plant 
in Burneside. 

At the end of our calendar year, we saw  
an increase in solar generation of 171.067 
kWh, finishing at 793,319 kWh (2022: 
622,252 kWh). This is an increase of 
27.49% against the previous year.

We also saw an increase in the hydro 
generation from our River Kent Turbine, 
again a power purchase agreement made  
with the Ellergreen Group. There was an 
increase of 4,001 kWh, finishing at 211,679 
kWh  (2022: 207,678 kWh ). This is an 
increase of 1.93% against the previous year.

40

Sustainability - ESG

Sustainability - ESG

Sustainable Manufacturing

 Decarbonisation and energy • Water • Waste and resource management

Priority Area

Water

From our base amongst the Lake  
District fells, stewardship of the natural 
environment is integral to our business, 
along with a mutual respect and 
celebration of nature and conservation.  

The Lake District’s rivers are the beating 
heart of Britain’s waterways. They have  
been shaped by industry and land 
management over many centuries, and  
all watercourses have at some point been 
modified or altered to create space for 
farming practices or industry. 

This has exacerbated the effects of  
several severe flood events in recent  
years, with the area also suffering a  
severe decline in biodiversity. 

Strategic Intent

UN Sustainable Development Goals

To reduce our water footprint by 
developing and embracing innovative 
solutions to close our water loop; 
minimising fresh water abstraction, 
reusing process water and recycling  
our effluent water back into the process.

With around 70% biodiversity loss around 
the world over the past 50 years, action on 
this is critical.

The weir removal at Bowston, a project 
proposed by South Cumbria Rivers Trust 
(SCRT) in agreement with James Cropper 
who owned the redundant low head dam, 
was the largest river barrier removal in the 
UK in 2022.  

Removing Bowston weir has helped to 
re-naturalise this section of the River  
Kent – an internationally important site  
of special scientific interest and the primary 
water source for our operations – improve 
navigation for migratory species, reduce 
flood risks for residents and is set to  
provide a 44% biodiversity net gain.

Sustainable Manufacturing

 Decarbonisation and energy • Water • Waste and resource management

Priority Area

Strategic Intent

UN Sustainable Development Goals

Waste and resource 
management

To commit to valuing waste across our 
operations and employ innovative solutions 
to minimise and repurpose waste.

Plastic waste has been a growing 
environmental concern. In Europe alone, 
about 60 million tonnes of plastics are 
produced every year, while only 30% of  
it is recycled.

A new partnership established with one of 
the best plastic reprocessing companies in  
the UK, now means that the 5% of waste 
plastic that is removed by CupCycling is 
now being recycled locally, rather than  
going to energy from waste – UK recycling 
being the preferred option based on Life 
Cycle Analysis. 

This technological step forward, means we 
have now been able to close the loop on our 
CupCycling technology.  

The CupCycling development comes as we 
have commissioned new stretch packaging, 

42
42

that protects products from moisture ingress 
during transport. The new wrap contains 
30% recycled content, and so is excluded 
from plastic tax, and has a high stretch 
percentage which has also enabled us to 
significantly reduce the amount of protective 
plastic packaging we use.  

This work is the result of some fantastic 
collaborations with partners that have helped 
us achieve our 2025 pledge on plastic to the 
Ellen MacArthur Global Commitment.  

In 2022, we extracted 103 tonnes of  
plastic from cup waste for recycling, and 
reduced plastic film wrap use within our 
business by 11 tonnes in the 5 months  
since the introduction of the new wrap  
(59% reduction over a comparable period 
the previous year).

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS PRACTICES

Our approach to raw material 
procurement supports sustainable 
sourcing and supplier partnerships, 
which in turn provides our customers 
with the confidence they require on  
the provenance of our materials. 

Our growth and the impact we have is 
through market and technology niches 
in partnership with our customers.

Responsible Business Practices

 Supply chain • Business ethics and risk • Materials with purpose

Priority Area

Supply chain

Strategic Intent

To ensure our suppliers operate to the 
same ethical and sustainable standards 
that the Company adheres to.

UN Sustainable Development Goals

Our commitment to sustainable  
sourcing is enabled by supply chain 
certification and transparency. 

Confirming environmental integrity and 
social accountability is an increasingly 
important prerequisite in our upstream 
supply chains. 

During 2022, we implemented our Supplier 
Code of Conduct (SCoC), and to date 
compliance by key supply chain partners 
issued with this SCoC is over 90%.  

Responsible Business Practices

 Supply chain • Business ethics and risk • Materials with purpose

Priority Area

Business ethics and risk

Strategic Intent

To operate responsibly, steering 
governance, best practice and 
in line with our core values 
throughout our operations.

UN Sustainable Development Goals

Our Code of Ethics and Behaviours  
(the Code) provides a guide to the  
values, behaviours, policies and 
procedures and the ways of working that 
are core to James Cropper. All employees 
are expected to uphold our values  
and behaviours. 

Our People team keep a register to  
ensure that all employees have received  
a copy of the Code and that they are  
aware of, and understand, the responsibility 
that they have to ensure honesty and 
integrity are maintained wherever we 
conduct our business.

43

Sustainability - ESG

Sustainability - ESG

PEOPLE AND SOCIETY

A lasting legacy of the pandemic has been 
the recognition of the need for a healthier 
world, with the wellbeing of the 
communities we depend upon a priority. 

There was a massive increase in anxiety  
and stress reported by the World Health 
Organisation (WHO) throughout the 
pandemic, and concerns about mental  
health still remain elevated three years on.  
In recognition of this our employee 
engagement on wellbeing had a focus on 
mental health services and support.

People and Society

 Employee well-being • Enhancing livelihoods • Local community

Priority Area

Employee well-being

Strategic Intent

We support our people’s physical, mental 
and emotional wellbeing; balancing their 
work and personal responsibilities to  
help them to work safely and effectively.

UN Sustainable Development Goals

People and Society

 Employee well-being • Enhancing livelihoods • Local community

Priority Area

Enhancing Livelihoods

Strategic Intent

We are committed to providing  
meaningful work, generating a positive 
organisational culture and working 
environment which promotes diversity, 
inclusivity, personal development  
and respect.

UN Sustainable Development Goals

At the heart of this commitment is fair  
pay, even more important in light of the 
global cost of living crisis. 

Mindful of the of increasing financial 
burden being placed on families, the 
business offered some help to employees 
with a one-off payment of £1,000  
(£0.6m total) in recognition of the 
escalating costs that everyone is facing. 

Equality and diversity are essential to 
ensuring we run the business ethically  
for our valued employees, and our Gender 
Pay Report ensures transparency of data  
and our approach to improve equality for 
current and future employees.

During this last year we ran refresher 
training for our team of 12 mental  
health first aiders and ran mental health 
awareness campaigns throughout the 
business during Mental Health Awareness 
week in May and in the run up to World 
Mental Health Day in October, with 
information and advice provided by  
the Mental Health Foundation. 

We have also developed an employee 
volunteering policy that allows 2 paid  
days off a year to do volunteer work in the 
local community. We ran a successful pilot 
scheme with Growing Well, a local mental 
health charity, and once fully reviewed we 
intend to roll the scheme out across the 
entire business.  

The mean gender pay gap at James Cropper 
in 2022 was -0.5% and our continued focus 
will act as a catalyst, ensuring equality of  
pay in the workplace.

James Cropper PLC
Gender Pay Report 2022

Responsible Business Practices

 Supply chain • Business ethics and risk • Materials with purpose

Priority Area

Strategic Intent

UN Sustainable Development Goals

Materials with purpose

To create sustainable material solutions  
aligned to societal needs delivered in a fair,  
healthy and inclusive way.

Through the application of our 
 intellectual property and innovative 
technologies, our smart solutions work  
to reduce our impact, and that of our 
customers on the environment. 

A fantastic example is giving pre-loved 
denim cotton a new lease of life with the 
launch of Rydal Apparel. This beautiful 
paper for packaging is an industry first, and 
affirms our ongoing commitment to world 
class FibreBlend innovation and creating 
value from waste.

With eight billion pairs of jeans produced 
globally each year, fashion’s favourite  
staple contributes significantly to the textile 
waste problem. According to the World 
Economic Forum, 73% of worn clothing  
is incinerated or sent to landfill when 
discarded. Only 12% is recycled for 
insulation or mattresses, and less than  
1% is used to make new products.

Being cellulose-based, Rydal Apparel can  
be recycled after use in the standard paper 
waste stream, giving the discarded textile 
fibres a second, third, fourth life...

In addition, Cocoon, the latest moulded 
champagne wrap for Maison Perrier-Jouët 
combines an aesthetic inspired by nature 
with a concern for environmental impact. 

Another introduction to the portfolio is 
ECOVEIL, a new customisable range of 
highly porous sustainable nonwoven veils 
which are produced from naturally derived 
or recycled fibres. 

The Cocoon wrap hugs the champagne 
bottle, a minimalist design approach that  
fits well with new European guidelines on 
minimising wasted empty space across 
packaging formats.

These materials have been specifically 
developed for use in advanced composite 
structures for aerospace, automotive  
and sporting goods applications.  
Polymer composites achieve significant 
lightweighting benefits, improve the  
finish, fabrication or functionality of a 
component, whilst simultaneously 
providing the means to demonstrate 
environmental responsibility without 
compromising on performance.

Not only does the design focus on 
lightweighting, being a featherweight  
49 grams which is 93% lighter than  
the previous gift box, it incorporates  
5% agrifibre pulp derived from vine  
shoots. This is a great circular story for  
the brand, linking the by-product of 
winemaking to the champagne case.

44

45

Sustainability - ESG

People and Society

 Employee well-being • Enhancing livelihoods • Local community

Priority Area

Strategic Intent

UN Sustainable Development Goals

Local community

To be a force for good in society, and 
particularly by making a positive 
contribution in our local community, 
supporting social cohesion, economic 
prosperity and inclusive growth.

Our People

OUR PEOPLE

Better employee experience 

Employee engagement survey 

Early Careers

We recognise it is the passionate, 
committed, talented people we employ  
that will help us navigate through the 
changes and opportunities we have before 
us and help in delivering long term 
sustainable business growth. 

Conducted annually, our Company-wide 
employee survey provides every employee 
the opportunity to voice what is working 
well and what are the changes that  
we need to make to improve and inspire 
our workforce. 

Attending our local schools career days  
as well as participating in the Windermere 
Science Festival are all ways in which  
we have been engaging with young 
individuals to show them the career 
possibilities here at James Cropper. 

To continuously strive in creating an 
employee experience and workplace  
where people want to be and are proud  
to work, where people feel rewarded  
and recognised for the contribution.

This is supported by the code of ethics  
and behaviours, over 86% employees  
have signed up to help us build a  
culture that embraces continuous 
performance improvement.  To deliver 
modern business practices and ways  
of working that are efficient, flexible  
and responsive to our customers.

Workplace improvements

We continue to invest in our working 
environments with the opening of the  
gym, unisex changing facilities, and the 
refresh of the canteen. 

A steering committee is in place to lead 
further refurbishment across the Burneside 
site, in particular, to the finishing roof  
and the welfare facilities within the yard, 
security and engineering sites.

We have improved our work placement 
process, and with the encouragement  
and expertise of our employees, we have 
supported six individuals completing  
work experience placements. We currently 
experience a high demand of applicants 
from local schools and colleges.

From schools and colleges to university,  
we have given placement opportunities to 
two individuals within the ESG and TFP 
Technical teams. Supporting them to gain 
valuable knowledge to support their studies 
and provide us with fresh views and insight. 

Celebrating apprenticeships, these have 
always been a valuable opportunity to  
grow talent, especially in Engineering.  
The introduction of the Apprenticeship 
Levy back in 2018 has enabled the scope of 
education to grow with a large proportion 
of our internally developed professional 
qualifications now funded through the 
Levy. In the past year, we have invested 
over £100k in our workforce. 

We currently support 22 Apprenticeships in 
Engineering, Leadership, Administration 
and Procurement and Supply. 

It is well known that good literacy at an 
early age improves opportunities of all 
kinds in adulthood, and that children  
who read for pleasure are far more likely  
to go on to have a positive experience of 
school and much improved life chances.  

In the UK alone, around one quarter of all 
children left primary school in 2022 unable 
to read to the required standard.  

Libraries are an integral part of school life, 
and so when we were asked to support the 
modernisation of our local school library 
facility, to encourage a passion for reading 
with local pupils, the project was close  
to our heart. The cash donation helped  
the school to build its range of books 
covering religion, science, geography, 
history, and music to name a few.

Each year we make cash donations in the 
region of £10k to charities and good causes, 
and St Oswald’s Primary School library is 
just one of the local projects that have 
received our support.

According to research, art and craft is a 
recognised way to alleviate systems of 
anxiety, depression and even loneliness, 
having positive benefits for mental health.  

Bi-annually we donate redundant  
paper stocks to local schools, nurseries  
and community groups. 

First initiated during the pandemic, we 
periodically run campaigns in the local 
community to support arts and crafts 
activities with free paper available to the 
public at local supermarkets.

46

47

We are extremely proud to house a very 
talented pool of technical and strategic 
experts who are collectively all passionate 
about making a real material difference.

The Strategic Report is approved by the 
Board of Directors on 23 August 2023  
and signed on its behalf by 

Steve Adams 
Chief Executive Officer

Our People

We have made a number of changes to  
our family friendly policies with the 
creation of a fertility policy and 
enhancements to our maternity policy that 
allows James Cropper to be the supportive 
and modern employer and we will continue 
to work on other family friendly initiatives.  

Developing Skills and Knowledge 

We recognise personal development is 
extremely important, as was evident in  
the 2022 employee survey results. We want 
to ensure any change made to working 
practices is to the benefit of the individuals, 
by providing better training and more 
opportunity to up-skill for career 
progression within James Cropper  
and beyond.

Continuing to develop our leaders at all 
levels through LEAP, our leadership 
development programme, 35% of our 
leadership team have participated.  
The programme’s ambition is to develop 
leaders who can provide direction and 
scope, set the standard for behaviour  
and performance, while treating their  
teams as individuals. 

Equality and Diversity 

As a Company with a global reach, we  
are committed to invest in our people  
and believe that equality and diversity  
are essential to attract and retain a modern 
and flexible workforce.

With over 600 employees based in the  
UK, we welcome the UK legislation 
requiring companies to report the 
percentage of female employees and the 
average difference in pay between women 
and men.

Our ambition is to continuously improve 
and reduce the gender pay gap, we are 
pleased to report for 2022 the mean gender 
pay gap at James Cropper is -0.5%.  

This shows that on average, we at James 
Cropper, currently pay our female 
employees 0.5% more than our male 
employees. The median was -10.4%, a 
slightly wider proportion than previous 
years which is due to the breath of females 
spanning a broader range of responsibilities.

The transparency of our gender report 
enables us to continually develop new 
strategies to improve equality for present 
and future employees. We are committed  
to ensure this remains high on our agenda, 
independent to our financial goals.

48

CONTENTS

STRATEGIC REPORT 

05

Financial Highlights 

Financial Summary 

Chairman’s Letter 

Chief Executive’s Review 

The Pension Report 

Risk Management 

Promoting the Success of Our Group 
- S172(1) Statement 

Technical Fibre Products 

ColourformTM 

Paper Products 

Sustainability - ESG 

Our People 

GOVERNANCE 

Board of Directors 

Corporate Governance Statement 

Compliance with the QCA  
Corporate Governance Code

Report of the Audit Committee 

Report of the Nominations Committee 

Report of the Remuneration Committee 

Directors’ Report 

49

50

52

56 

57

59

61

66

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

69

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 

Group Independent Auditor’s Report 

Group Statement of Comprehensive Income 

Statement of Financial Position 

Statement of Cash Flows 

Statement of Changes In Equity 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

Shareholder Information 

  
Board of Directors

Board of Directors

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Mark Cropper  
Chairman

Appointed: October 2006 
Independent: No 
Committee Memberships:  
Nominations (Chair), Remuneration, 
Pension, ESG 
Qualifications: MA

Steve Adams 
Chief Executive Officer, 
MD, Paper Division

Appointed: August 2022 
Independent: No 
Committee Memberships:  
Executive 
Qualifications: BA (Hons)

Patrick Willink 
MD, ColourformTM Division

Appointed: March 1998 
Independent: No 
Committee Memberships: 
Executive, Pension 
Qualifications: BSc MBA

James Gravestock 
MD, Technical Fibre Products 
Division

Appointed: November 2021 
Independent: No 
Committee Memberships:  
Executive 
Qualifications: BA (Hons)

Experience: Mark is the sixth generation of the Cropper 
family to hold this position. Following university,  
he pursued a career in environmental finance and 
renewable energy.

External appointments: Ellergreen Hydro Projects Ltd 
(Director), Paper Foundation (Director), Kendal Futures 
CIC (Director), Rydal Hydro Ltd (Director), Scandale 
Hydro Ltd (Director), Cropper Trustees LTD (Director), 
Ellergreen Trustees (Director), Ellergreen Group LLP 
(Designated Member)

Experience: Steve joined James Cropper in 2017 as MD 
of the Paper division. He has previously worked for 3M 
where he held Directorships and roles both in the UK  
and Europe covering display, traffic and vehicle safety, 
telecommunications, electronics and energy markets.

Experience: Patrick is the fourth generation of the  
Willink family, joining the Group in 1990, appointed 
Chief Technology Officer in 2014 and instrumental in  
the creation of the ColourformTM division. He was 
President of the Confederation of Paper Industries Ltd 
from 2014 to 2019.

External appointments: Confederation of Paper 
Industries Ltd (Director), Paper Foundation (Director)

Experience: James previously worked for Halma PLC  
as Group Managing Director and prior to that holding  
a succession of successful commercial leadership roles  
in 3M. 

Board and Executive Changes 

The Company announced the resignation of Jim Aldridge, Company Secretary on 26 May 2023 and Isabelle Maddock,  
Chief Financial Officer on 14 June 2023 both with immedite effect.

Jim Sharp  
Non-Executive Director

Appointed: September 2009 
Independent: No 
Committee Memberships:  
Audit (Chair), Remuneration, 
Nomination, Pension 
Qualifications: MA

Experience: Jim began his career in financial services  
with J. Henry Schroder & Co. from 1992 to 2002,  
where he was a Director. Since then he has held senior 
roles with a number of private equity backed businesses.

External appointments: The Cotswold Company 
(Chairman), The Brunner Investment Trust PLC 
(Director)

Lyndsey Scott  
Non-Executive Director

Appointed: August 2019 
Independent: Yes 
Committee Memberships: 
Remuneration (Chair), Audit, 
Nomination 
Qualifications: BA DPM Grad IPM

Experience: Lyndsey has spent most of her career in 
multi-national organisations and management 
consultancy across different sectors, most recently with 
International Personal Finance PLC as Chief Human 
Resources Officer. She brings experience in strategy 
creation, planning and delivery of large scale cultural  
and performance change.

External appointments: International Personal Finance 
PLC (Chief HR Officer)

Sarah Miles  
Non-Executive Director

Appointed: November 2021 
Independent: Yes 
Committee Memberships:  
Audit, Remuneration, Nomination 
Qualifications: MA

Experience: Sarah has a strong track record in a  
number of Executive Director roles. She is currently the 
CEO of hush, was CEO at Feelunique and Sephora  
UK and has held Executive roles in Amazon and Diageo. 
As a Non-Executive Director, she brings a wealth of 
commercial experience.

External appointments: hush (Chief Executive Officer), 
Member of the Board of The British Retail Consortium.

Martin Court  
Senior Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Appointed: November 2021 
Independent: Yes 
Committee Memberships:  
Audit, Remuneration, Nomination, 
Qualifications: BSc (Eng), PHD

Experience: Martin has a strong track record as both an 
Executive and Non-Executive roles in the chemicals and 
materials sectors. His experience in strategy, innovation-
driven growth and expansion in commercial and technical 
capacities will support the Group’s growth plans.

External appointments: Victrex PLC (Executive 
Director and Chief Commercial Officer, including 
Directorships of a number of subsidiaries)

Sir James Cropper 
Honorary President

Sir James resigned from the Board in 2013 after 47 
years of distinguished service within the Company. 

Sir James was appointed the first Honorary President 
of James Cropper PLC in 2013. Sir James was HM 
Lord-Lieutenant of Cumbria from 1994 until 2012.

50

51

Corporate Governance Statement

Corporate Governance Statement

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT

"ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD, I AM PLEASED TO INTRODUCE THE 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED  

1 APRIL 2023. OUR AIM IS TO PROVIDE A MODERNISED APPROACH TO 

OUR WORKING ENVIRONMENTS WHILST MAINTAINING BEST PRACTICE 

FOR A GROUP OF OUR SIZE AND COMPLEXITY. TO BUILD A DIVERSE 

BUSINESS ACROSS MULTIPLE MARKETS AND GEOGRAPHIES."

Chairman’s introduction to Corporate Governance

Throughout 2022, our focus has been 
about repositioning the Company for 
greater sustained growth. To build a 
diverse business across multiple markets 
and geographies. Leading with our 
purpose, and in line with our values,  
the Board strives to be caring, responsible 
and forward-thinking, as we adapt  
and deliver our strategy at pace.

We continue to listen to our stakeholders, 
review how we operate as a Board, 
introduce and update our policies to build  
a stronger employee value proposition.  
Our aim, as ever, is to provide a modernised 
approach whilst maintaining best practice 
for a Group of our size and complexity.

As a Board, we remain committed to 
maintaining the highest standards of 
corporate governance, placing significant 
emphasis in ensuring we have the 
appropriate governance structures in place. 

Moving forward, and as we foresee more 
complexity in transitioning to an advanced 
materials and paper products group, we  
will provide strength in our leadership in 
compliance and corporate governance by 
creating a new role of General Counsel  
and Company Secretary to support the 
delivery in our accelerated growth strategy.

Throughout the year, the Board continues 
to address the negative voting issues raised, 
consulting with key shareholders, external 
advisors and our NOMADs.  The matters 
raised mainly concerned the independence 
of one of our Non-Executive Directors,  
and myself, with concurrent tenure on  
the Board exceeding nine years and also 
includes the construct of my remuneration.

This resulted in a new service construct  
for the role of Chairman, with effect from 
April 2022. My role as Chairman will be 
constructed as a purely Non-Executive 
role. The current LTIP awards will be 
honoured by the Board, subject to being 
vested in accordance with the set targets. 
These will be the only benefits that may be 
awarded in the future as Chairman.

With respect to independence, a  
succession plan is underway for Jim Sharp.   
An announcement will be forthcoming 
within the financial year 2023-2024.

Since the appointment of Steve Adams as 
Chief Executive Officer in August 2022, 
both I and the Non-Executive Directors are 
fully supportive of the strategic direction 
being taken by the Executive team in 
repositioning James Cropper to capitalise  
on growth opportunities within its core and 
emerging end-markets. The CEO Review is 
on pages 10 to 16 in the Annual Report.

Sub-committees

There are six sub-committees reporting  
to the Board:

And finally, with Board approval, we  
have closed the year operating our  
long-term and annual incentive plans for  
the Executive Directors with better 
alignment to our strategic objectives, 
personal targets and ESG goals.

•  Executive Committee
•  Remuneration Committee
•  Audit Committee
•  Nomination Committee
•  Pensions Committee
•  ESG Committee

Board responsibility  
and strategic direction

The Board acknowledges its collective 
responsibility for ensuring the long-term 
success of the Group by demonstrating 
strong leadership, setting strategy and 
business models, managing performance  
and ensuring the necessary resources are  
in place to deliver. 

It also holds itself accountable for looking 
after the needs of all its stakeholders, 
including employees, pensioners, 
shareholders and the broader community 
and environment.

All sub-committees exercise their duties  
in compliance with all relevant legislation, 
regulation and guidance. 

All sub-committees are supported by  
both internal and, where relevant,  
external advisers to ensure their duties are 
satisfactorily and professionally fulfilled.

Stakeholder engagement

The Board is keen to ensure ongoing  
and effective communication with all 
stakeholders. Further reading on 
stakeholder engagement can be found  
in our Section 172 (1) statement on pages  
26 to 27.

Mark Cropper  
Chairman 
23 August 2023

Governance Statement

The Non-Executive Directors

The Company’s shares are listed on  
AIM and are subject to the AIM Rules of 
the London Stock Exchange. Under AIM 
rule 26, the Company has adopted the 
QCA Corporate Governance Code  
(2018 edition). We believe that the  
QCA Code provides us with the right 
governance framework: a flexible but 
rigorous outcome-orientated environment 
in which we can continue to develop our 
governance model to support our business.  

Role of the Board

The role of the Board is to establish the 
vision and strategy for the Group, to 
deliver shareholder value and be 
responsible for the long-term success of the 
Group. Individual members of the Board 
have equal responsibility for the overall 
stewardship, management and performance 
of the Group and for the approval of its 
long-term objectives and strategic plans.

The Board continues to have a balance  
of Executive and Non-Executive Directors. 
Currently, The Board comprises a 
Non-Executive Chairman, four Non-
Executive Directors (three of these are 
independent) and four Executive Directors. 

The members of the Board maintain the 
appropriate balance of experience, 
independence and knowledge of the 
Company to enable them to discharge  
their respective duties and responsibilities 
and to ensure that the requirements of  
the business can be met.

One of the Non-Executive Directors and 
the Chairman, although deemed not to be 
independent under the QCA Code, are 
considered by the Board to be independent 
in both character and judgement and 
provide unequivocal counsel and advice to 
the Board. All of the Non-Executive 
Directors constructively challenge the 
Executive Directors and help develop 
proposals on strategy, including satisfying 
themselves on the integrity of financial 
information and ensuring financial controls 
and systems of risk management are robust. 
All Non-Executive Directors are members 
of the Remuneration and Nomination 
Committees, and all the Non-Executive 
Directors except Mark Cropper are 
members of the Audit Committee.

The Operation of the Board

The Board has the authority for ensuring 
that the Group is appropriately managed 
and achieves the strategic objectives it sets. 
To achieve this, the Board reserves certain 
matters for its own determination including 
matters relating to Group strategy, approval 
of interim and annual financial results, 
dividend policy, major capital expenditure, 
budgets, monitoring performance, treasury 
policy, risk management, corporate 
governance and the effectiveness of its 
internal control systems. The Board 
performs its responsibilities through an 
annual programme of meetings and by 
continuous monitoring of the performance 
of the Group.

Division of responsibilities

Board Committees

There is a clear division of responsibilities 
between the role of the Chairman and  
that of the Chief Executive Officer of  
the Group. The primary responsibility of 
the Chairman is to lead and manage the 
Board and that of the Chief Executive is  
to manage the business of the Group.

The Chairman

Mark Cropper is the Chairman. He is 
responsible for leading and managing  
the Board and ensuring its effectiveness  
in all aspects of its role. He works closely 
with the Chief Executive on developing 
Group strategy and provides general  
advice and support.

The Chief Executive Officer

Steve Adams is the Company’s Chief 
Executive Officer. His principal 
responsibility is to manage the Group’s 
business and to lead the Executive 
Committee in delivering the Group’s 
strategic and operational objectives.

The Board has delegated specific  
authority to the Audit Committee, 
Nomination Committee, Remuneration 
Committee, Pension Committee and the 
ESG Committee.

Jim Sharp is the Chair of the Audit 
Committee which also comprises the  
other Non-Executive Directors, except  
Mark Cropper. The Audit Committee has 
the primary responsibility for monitoring  
the quality of internal controls, ensuring  
that the financial performance of the  
Group is properly measured and reported  
on and reviewing reports from the Group’s 
auditors relating to the Group’s accounting 
and internal controls. The Audit 
Committee meets at least twice a year.

Mark Cropper is the Chair of the 
Nomination Committee which  
also comprises the other  
Non-Executive Directors. 

The Nomination Committee will identify 
and nominate, for approval by the Board, 
candidates to fill Board vacancies as and 
when they arise. The Nomination 
Committee will meet as and when required.

Lyndsey Scott is the Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee which also 
comprises the other Non-Executive 
Directors. The Remuneration Committee 
reviews the performance of the Executive 
Directors and determines their terms and 
conditions of service, including their 
remuneration and the grant of options.  
The Remuneration Committee will meet  
at least twice a year.

Isabelle Maddock was the Chair of the 
Pension Committee, with the responsibility 
handed over to the CEO, Phil Wild  
in April 2022.  This also comprises  
Mark Cropper, Jim Sharp and Patrick 
Willink. Steve Adams took the Chair 
responsibility with his appointment as 
CEO in August 2022. 

The Pension Committee has the primary 
responsibility for reviewing and approving 
the objectives of the James Cropper PLC 
Pension Schemes on all material matters of 
importance. It monitors performance of the 
Schemes and considers recommendations 
and reports from management in relation  
to policy and strategy concerning pensions 
and investment matters. The Pension 
Committee meets as and when required 
throughout the year.

Isabelle Maddock was the Chair of the  
ESG Committee during the period, with 
responsibility handed over to the CEO,  
Phil Wild on 6 July 2022, which also 
comprises Mark Cropper. Steve Adams  
took the Chair responsibility with his 
appointment as CEO in August 2022.  
Details of the actions of the ESG committee 
can be found on page 37 to 47 of the 
Annual Report. The ESG Committee  
meets at least four times a year.

Board and Committee Meetings

The Board held five Board meetings 
throughout the period, scheduled to 
coincide with the internal financial 
reporting timetable of the Company and 
key events including interim and final 
results, and the AGM. Specific strategic 
topics are reviewed at every Board meeting. 

The Board’s responsibilities are discharged 
with reviews of monthly reports from the 
Executive Committee including conference 
calls with the Chief Executive and Group 
Finance Director with further ad hoc 
meetings held as and when required.

52

53

Corporate Governance Statement

Corporate Governance Statement

Board members are supplied with financial 
and operational information in good time 
for review in advance of meetings both via 
an electronic portal and in hard copy.

All Directors have access to the advice  
and services of the Company Secretary.  
The Board approves the appointment  
and removal of the Company Secretary.  
The Non-Executive Directors are able to 
contact the Executive Directors, Company 
Secretary or Senior Managers at any time  
for further information.

Attendance at Board and Committee Meetings during FY2023 

Board Member 

Board 

Mark Cropper 

Phil Wild* 

Steve Adams 

Isabelle Maddock* 

James Gravestock 

Patrick Willink 

Jim Sharp 

Lyndsey Scott 

Martin Court 

Sarah Miles 

5/5 

2/5 

5/5 

4/5 

5/5 

5/5 

4/5 

5/5 

4/5 

4/5 

*No longer a member of the Board

Nomination 
Committee 
1/1 

Audit 
Committee 
- 

Remuneration  
Committee
4/5

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1/1 

1/1 

1/1 

1/1 

1/2 

- 

1/2 

- 

- 

2/2 

2/2 

2/2 

2/2 

-

-

-

-

-

5/5

5/5

5/5

5/5

Effectiveness

Board Composition

A strong feature of the Board’s effectiveness 
in delivering the strategy is our inclusive 
and open style of management and a free 
flow of information between the Executive 
and Non-Executive Directors. 

The size of our Board encourages 
individuals to discuss matters openly and 
freely and to make a personal contribution 
through the exercise of their personal skills 
and experience. No individual or group  
of individuals dominate the Board’s 
decision making process.

All Directors communicate with each  
other on a regular basis and contact with 
senior executives within the Group is 
sought and encouraged.

Diversity 

Vacancies on the Board are filled following 
a rigorous evaluation of candidates who 
possess the required balance of skills, 
knowledge and experience, using 
recruitment consultants where appropriate. 

The process for the appointment of 
Non-Executive Directors is managed  
by the Nomination Committee. 

The Company recognises the importance  
of diversity at Board level and the Board 
comprises individuals with a wide range  
of skills and experience from a variety of 
business backgrounds. At the period of 
year end, our female representation on the 
Board is 30%. 

Appointment of Non-Executive Directors

Non-Executive Directors are appointed to 
the Board following a formal, rigorous and 
transparent process, involving external 
recruitment agencies, to select individuals 
who have a depth and breadth of relevant 
experience, thus ensuring that the selected 
candidates will be capable of making an 
effective and relevant contribution to the 
Board. The process for the appointment  
of Non-Executive Directors is managed  
by the Nomination Committee.  

Terms of appointment and time 
commitment

All Non-Executive Directors are employed 
on contracts of one month’s notice by 
either side. All Non-Executive Directors 
are expected to devote such time as is 
necessary for the proper performance of 
their duties. Directors are expected to 
attend all Board meetings and committee 
meetings of which they are members  
and any additional meetings as required. 

Induction and professional development

New Directors are given a formal induction 
process including details of how the Board 
and committees operate, meetings with 
senior management and information on 
Group strategy, products and performance. 
Training and development needs of 
Directors are reviewed regularly. 

The Directors are kept appraised of 
developments in legal, regulatory and 
financial matters affecting the Group  
from the Company Secretary, the Chief 
Executive, the Chief Financial Officer and 
the Group’s external auditors and advisers.

Professional advice

All Directors have access to the advice  
and services of the Company Secretary.  
The Board has also established a formal 
procedure whereby Directors, wishing to 
do so in the furtherance of their duties,  
may take independent professional advice, 
if necessary, at the Group’s expense. 

Training

All Directors are aware of their 
responsibility to regularly update their 
skills and knowledge.

Board and Committee evaluation

The Board, its committee and Chairman’s 
evaluations are completed by the Senior 
Independent Director. With Non-Executive 
Directors and CEO reviews completed by 
the Chairman.

During the year, a comprehensive 
evaluation of the Board and its committees 
was undertaken. The process involved the 
completion of a questionnaire by all 
Directors, and individual discussions  
with each Board member. A summary of  
the results and key findings was discussed  
at the Board with an action plan for 
improvements agreed. 

It was recognised that the structure and 
quality of the board meetings was much 
improved with new insight often arising 
from the discussions. The subcommittee 
format were confirmed as appropriate 
although there are opportunities to enhance 
their contribution to the broader Board 
agenda, including the flow of information 
between the Board and the subcommittees.

As there has been a number of recent 
changes to the Board membership it was 
 felt that more interaction between the 
Board outside of meetings would enhance 
the cohesion of its membership. 

The Board recognises that evaluation of its 
performance is important in enabling it to 
realise its maximum potential. The process 
gives the Directors the opportunity to 
identify areas for improvement both jointly 
and individually

Election and re-election of Directors

In accordance with the Company’s Articles 
of Association all Directors will stand for 
re-election at the Annual General Meeting.

Any Non-Executive Directors with  
service greater than nine years are  
subject to re-election at each Annual 
General Meeting.

Risk Management

The Group’s corporate objective is to 
maximise long-term shareholder value.  
In doing so, the Directors recognise that 
creating value is a reward for taking and 
accepting risk. The Directors consider risk 
management to be crucial to the Group’s 
success and give a high priority to ensuring 
that adequate systems are in place to 
evaluate and limit risk exposure.

Internal Control

The Board are responsible for the  
Group’s system of internal control  
and for reviewing its effectiveness. 

In the context of the Group’s business any 
such system can only reasonably be 
expected to manage rather than eliminate 
risks arising from its operations. 

It can therefore only provide reasonable 
and not absolute assurance against material 
loss or misstatement.

Going Concern

Annual General Meeting (AGM)

At every AGM, Directors provide  
updates on the progress of the business and 
insights into different areas of the business, 
and allows the opportunity for questions 
on this or any of the resolutions before  
the meeting. 

The Company proposes separate resolution 
for each issue and specifically relating to 
the Reports and Accounts. 

The Company ensures all proxy votes  
are counted and indicates the level of  
proxies on each resolution along with the 
abstentions after it has been dealt with on  
a show of hands.

After the meeting, shareholders have the 
opportunity to talk informally to the Board 
and raise any further questions or issues 
they may have.

Mark Cropper 
Chairman 
8 August 2023

In carrying out their duties in respect of 
going concern, the Directors carry out a 
review of the Group and Company’s 
financial position and cash flow forecasts 
for at least 12 months from the date of 
approval of the financial statements. 

These are based on a comprehensive review 
of revenue, expenditure and cash flows, 
taking into account specific business risks 
and the current economic environment. 

For further details on Going Concern 
please refer to the viability statement in the 
Risk Management report (pages 21 to 25).  

Relations with shareholders

The Board appreciates that effective 
communication with the Company’s 
shareholders and the investment 
community as a whole is a key objective. 

The Chairman’s Statement, the Chief 
Executive’s Statement and the Strategic 
Report and Financial Review, together  
with the information in the Annual Report 
of the Group, provide a detailed review of 
the business. 

The Executive Directors have overall 
responsibility for ensuring effective 
communication and the Company 
maintains a regular dialogue with its 
shareholders, mainly in the periods 
following the announcement of the interim 
and final results, but also at other times 
during the year. 

The Board encourages the participation of 
shareholders at its Annual General 
Meeting, notice of which can be found on 
the Company’s website. The Company’s  
website ‘www.jamescropper.com’ is 
regularly updated and provides additional 
information on the Group. 

Feedback from the shareholders attending 
the Annual General Meeting and attendees  
at presentations to major shareholders  
and potential investors are discussed by  
the Board. 

Martin Court is the Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director.

54

55

 
 
Compliance with the QCA Corporate Governance Code

Report of the Audit Committee

COMPLIANCE WITH THE QCA CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE

PRINCIPLE

COMPLIANCE

1.   Establish a strategy and 
business model which 
promote long-term value  
for shareholders

2.   Seek to understand and 
meet shareholder needs  
and expectations

3.   Take into account  

wider stakeholder and  
social responsibilities  
and their implications  
for long-term success

4.   Embed effective risk  

management, considering 
both opportunities  
and threats,  throughout  
the organisation

5.   Maintain the Board as a  

 well-functioning, balanced  
 team led by the Chair

6.   Ensure that between  
them the Directors  
have the necessary  
up-to-date experience,  
skills and capabilities

7.   Evaluate Board performance  
 based on clear and relevant  
 objectives, seeking  
 continuous improvement

•  The Group strategy is set out on pages 05 to 48 in the Strategic Report section of our Annual Report.
•  The Executive Committee hold quarterly away days to focus on the Group’s rolling strategic plan.
•  The Board reviews the strategic plans throughout the year.

•  Investor roadshow meetings are undertaken at least twice per year following the preliminary and interim announcements.
•  Shareholders are invited to the AGM held in Burneside where all Board members interact with our shareholders on a one 

to one basis and take questions as they arise.

•  Shareholder feedback is received from our NOMADs and all shareholder feedback is discussed at Board meetings.
•  Further reading: Section 172(1) statement on pages 26 to 27 of the Annual Report.

Employees
•  Regular meetings take place  

with employees to share strategy, 
keep employees updated and  
seek feedback.

•  The Company conducts an annual 

employee survey with the latest level  
of engagement (2023) at 68%.

•  The Company’s strategy is  

communicated to all employees  
at half yearly employee briefings.

Customers
• 

 Communications with our 
customers is fundamental to  
our success.  

The Group engages in continuous 
communications with our 
customers to understand their 
needs, share our plans, and nurture 
the collaborative partnership.

Suppliers
•  Our collaborative attitude allows us 
to claim over a 100 year  partnership 
with one supplier and  at the same 
time build new  partnerships with 
new suppliers.

Community
•  The Company has very close links  
with the local community built on  
our 178 year presence at Burneside.   

The Group supports local 
organisations through its community  
support team with donations this  
year amounting to £6,327.

Environment
•  We are proud that our moulded fibre  
operation has been awarded a gold  
medal rating by EcoVadis the 
world’s largest provider of business  
sustainability rating. We have also  
co-created the first 100% plastic free  
poppy for the Royal British Legion. 

• Further reading – Section 172 (1) 
statement on pages 26 to 27 of the 
Annual Report.

•  The Group significant risks are reviewed throughout the year.
•  Risk is a fixed item agenda for both the Executive Committee and Board meetings.
•  The significant risks are disclosed in the Strategic Report within the Annual Report on pages 05 to 48.

•  The Board is led by our Non-Executive Chairman, Mark Cropper.
•  The Board comprises a Non-Executive Chairman, four Non-Executive Directors and four Executive Directors.
•  The members of the Board maintain the appropriate balance of experience, independence and knowledge of the Company.
•  Details of the composition, operation and responsibilities, together with details of the sub-committees can be found in  

the governance section of the Annual Report on pages 49 to 68.

•  The current Board has significant sector, financial and PLC experience.
•  Between them, the Executive Directors have many years of broad experience in the nonwoven fibre manufacturing industry.
•  With the support of our NOMADs and advisors, the Board training and development needs are maintained.
•  Biographies on all Directors are shown on pages 50 to 51 of the Annual Report. 

•  A comprehensive Board evaluation is undertaken annually commencing with a questionnaire, compilation of a summary  
of results and feedback at a board meeting. The results are discussed and actions taken to improve in areas where required.
•  The process gives the Directors the opportunity to identify areas for improvement both jointly and individually through  

the use  of questionnaires and open discussion.

•  The Remuneration Committee evaluates Executive Director performance alongside remuneration and reward.
•  With regards to financial performance, the Audit Committee meets with the Auditors to plan the year-end audit,  

followed up  by a meeting to review the results of the audit.

•  Training and development needs of Directors are reviewed regularly by the Nomination Committee.

8.  Promote a corporate  culture 

•  Our Values and culture are embodied in the Group’s management behaviour, our recruitment and employee  

that is based on  ethical values  
and behaviours

development processes.

•  Our Values and behaviours help us ensure we provide a safe, rewarding and interesting place to work as well  

as an environment that attracts new talent.

•  Our Values can be found on page 02 of the Annual Report.

9.   Maintain governance   

 structures and processes  
 that are fit for purpose  
 and support good decision  
 making by the Board

•  The Board meets five times per year plus a further two strategy days.
•  The Group has robust internal controls, delegated authorities and authorisation processes.
•  The controls are subject to review both internally and externally by our Auditors.
•  A culture of continuous improvement is encouraged.
•  The Group website describes the roles and terms of reference for the Committees.

10. Communicate how the  
  Company is governed and is 
  performing by maintaining a  
  dialogue with shareholders  

and other relevant stakeholders

•  Communications with shareholders are explained in Principle 2 above.
•  In addition to the interim and full year investor roadshows, meetings with our NOMADs, prospective investors  

and other stakeholders arise during the year.

•  The work of the subcommittees is described in the governance section of the Annual Report on pages 49 to 68.
•  The website includes historical announcements, copies of the Annual and Interim Reports and copies of any  

presentations made.

REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE

"I AM PLEASED TO INTRODUCE THE AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT FOR  

THE PERIOD ENDED 1 APRIL 2023. DURING THE YEAR, IN ADDITION TO 

CARRYING OUT ITS USUAL RESPONSIBILITIES, THE AUDIT COMMITTEE 

UNDERTOOK A PROCESS TO RECOMMEND THE APPOINTMENT OF A  

NEW AUDITOR FOLLOWING THE RESIGNATION OF BDO."

Statement from the Chair of the Audit Committee

The Audit Committee provides 
independent scrutiny and challenge  
to ensure that the Group presents a   
true and fair view of its performance, 
focusing on the accuracy, integrity and 
communication of financial reporting.

Composition

The Committee comprises of the  
following members:

•  Jim Sharp (Chair) 
•  Lyndsey Scott 
•  Martin Court 
•  Sarah Miles

Three of the Committee members are 
independent Non-Executive Directors.  
The Chair has been a Non-Executive 
Director for thirteen years. 

Following a Board review, it was agreed by 
the Board that Jim Sharp will remain the 
Chair of the Committee for the next year.  
He is considered to be independent in 
judgement and character by the Board.

All Committee members have relevant 
knowledge both of the sectors in which  
the Group operates and of the Group itself, 
and are considered to have appropriate 
knowledge and understanding of financial 
matters and risk management. 

The Committee is regularly supported by  
the Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer. This composition allows 
the Committee to maintain appropriate 
levels of objectivity and independence 
when providing assurance over the Group’s 
systems, operations and financial probity.

Role of the Committee

Change of auditors

The Committee operates under formal 
terms of reference, reviewed annually  
and available on the Company’s website  
jamescropper.com. 

The Committee’s agenda included the 
regular matters reserved for its review 
during the annual financial reporting  
cycle, including the review of the audit  
plan and a review of the audit findings  
for 2022-2023, with the auditors  
Grant Thornton UK LLP, which helps 
ensure it has appropriately discharged its 
responsibilities during the year, having 
operated in compliance with relevant legal, 
regulatory and other responsibilities.  

The Committee reviewed the annual report 
and other financial statements during the 
year to ensure that they were fair, balanced 
and understandable. It then recommended 
those reports to the Board for approval. 

The Committee has reviewed the 
recommendations for improvement as 
relevant to its operation, arising from  
the Board evaluation undertaken during  
the year and is taking action to improve  
the relevance of information shared with 
the Board. 

Grant Thornton UK LLP was approved  
as the Company’s auditor by the Board  
on 14 October 2022 to fill the causal 
vacancy that arose on the resignation of 
BDO as Auditor. BDO resigned as auditor 
for commercial reasons.

The Committee undertook a tender 
exercise, inviting nine audit firms to submit 
proposals to act as the Company’s auditor.  

The Committee recommended to the  
Board that Grant Thornton UK LLP be 
appointed as auditor of the Company  
and the Board approved their appointment 
on 2 November 2022. 

This decision was based on the strength of  
their proposal which demonstrated their 
ability to conduct the audit to the highest 
standards at an acceptable cost.

Grant Thornton UK LLP has agreed to 
stand for appointment at the Company’s 
AGM on 26 September 2023.

External audit

The Committee is responsible for 
overseeing relations with the external 
auditor, including the approval of their 
terms of engagement, and makes 
recommendations to the Board on their 
remuneration and appointment and,  
where appropriate, reappointment,  
based on reviews of audit effectiveness.

The Committee meets with the Auditor 
every year to review and agree the audit 
plan. Following the appointment of  
Grant Thornton UK LLP and their  
review of BDOs files a new audit plan  
was approved by the Committee in 
February 2023. 

In addition, the Auditor reports back  
to the Audit Committee on the outcome 
and findings following each audit. 

56

57

 
 
 
 
 
Report of the Audit Committee

Report of the Nominations Committee

The Committee continues to provide 
independent and robust challenge to 
management and our auditors to ensure 
there are effective controls in place  
and appropriate judgements made.

Non-audit services 

Grant Thornton UK LLP have previously 
carried out non-audit services related to a 
finance function development project prior 
to their appointment as auditors. 

These services involved no management 
decisions and a separate engagement team 
from the audit team was used by  
Grant Thornton UK LLP. No further 
non-service work will be undertaken by 
Grant Thornton UK LLP.

Principal risks

The principal risks were reviewed during 
the year and are considered by the Board 
throughout the year. 

Our principal risks can be found on pages 
21 to 25 in the Strategic Report section of 
the Annual Report. 

We continue to develop our cultural 
people-driven approach to risk 
management, which we believe  
encourages focus on prevention rather  
than reaction to risks arising.

Whistleblowing 

We are committed to building a responsible 
culture where individuals who disclose 
wrongdoing can do so confidently and 
without fear of retaliation through our 
whistleblowing policy. This is embodied in 
our Code of Ethics and Behaviours, which 
detail the standards and ways of working 
expected of all employees and which are 
applicable to all parts of the Group.

During this current year we will be 
partnering with an external company which 
specialises in operating confidential 
telephone reporting systems to provide an 
independent service and assurance to callers 
of confidentiality and, where they request 
it, anonymity.

Anyone reporting apparent misconduct 
honestly, and in good faith, will be 
supported by us.

Future matters for consideration 

In addition to the standing agenda items, 
the Committee intends to continue to 
monitor legislative and regulatory  
changes that may impact the work of  
the Committee; implement areas for 
improvements as identified in the  
Board evaluation; and monitor the 
effectiveness of the external audit process.

Jim Sharp 
Chair to the Audit Committee 
23 August 2023

REPORT OF THE NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE

"I AM PLEASED TO PRESENT THE NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE REPORT 

FOR THE PERIOD ENDED 1 APRIL 2023. DURING THE FINANCIAL YEAR, 

THERE HAS BEEN A CHANGE IN THE BOARD, WITH THE APPOINTMENT 

OF STEVE ADAMS TO CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER." 

Statement from the Chair of the Nominations Committee

Composition

Board and Executive Changes 

The Committee comprises of the  
following members:

In August 2022, Phil Wild stepped down  
as Chief Executive Officer.  

•  Mark Cropper (Chair)
•  Jim Sharp
•  Lyndsey Scott
•  Martin Court 
•  Sarah Miles 

The main responsibilities  
of the committee include:

•  Leading the process for Board 
appointments and making 
recommendations to the Board  
about proposed appointments;

•  Evaluating the skills, experience  
and knowledge of the Board;  

•  Working with management in relation  
to inclusion and diversity within the 
Board; and

•  Consideration of  the succession plan  
for the Board and senior management.

The Committee operates under  
formal terms of reference, which are 
reviewed annually.

Encouraging the development of existing 
internal talent is beneficial to both the 
Company and its people and we are  
pleased to have appointed Steve Adams, 
former Executive Director and Managing 
Director of our Paper Division as Chief 
Executive Officer. 

Steve joined the Company in 2017 and  
has a strong commercial background and 
with leadership experience previously 
gained at 3M, making him well placed to 
lead the Company into its next chapter.

Martin Court was appointed Senior 
Independent Non-Executive Director.

Biographies of all Directors can be  
found on the Board of Directors section 
(page 50 to 51).

Post year end, Jim Aldridge  
departed the business in May 2023  
as Company Secretary. 

The Company also announced the 
resignation of Isabelle Maddock, Chief 
Financial Officer on 14 June 2023. 

“I would like to thank Phil, Jim and 
Isabelle for their contributions to the 
Company. Each one of them were 
long-serving valued members of James 
Cropper and carefully led the business 
through challenging times, including the 
Covid pandemic, as well as creating the 
strength and discipline that will enable 
James Cropper to continue to deliver its 
growth ambitions.”

In April 2023, the Board made a senior 
level appointment with the move of  
Patrick Willink from Managing Director  
of ColourformTM to the new position of  
Chief Innovation Officer for the Group.

At the end of this calendar year,  
Andrew Goody will join the Board of 
Directors as Chief Financial and 
Operations Officer (CFOO). 

Andrew has over 20 years’ experience  
as a Finance Director across a variety  
of sectors. He is currently the Finance 
Director for Bibby Marine Ltd.

“I am delighted Andrew will be joining 
James Cropper as CFOO, Andrew’s 
extensive experience in financial, 
commercial and business transformation 
will be a great addition to the senior  
team as James Cropper delivers on its 
growth strategy.”

Finally, I am pleased to announce that 
Matthew Ratcliffe will be joining James 
Cropper in September 2023 into a newly 
created role as General Counsel and 
Company Secretary. Matthew will sit  
on the Executive Committee. 

Matthew is a solicitor and joins us from 
Carr’s Group PLC where he has held  
the position of Group Legal Director  
and Company Secretary since 2016. 

On an interim basis, the Company has 
appointed Link Market Services Ltd to act 
as Company Secretary for the Company. 

58

59

Report of the Nominations Committee

Report of the Remuneration Committee

Board appointment process

Training

The Committee assesses the balance, skills, 
knowledge, experience, independence and 
diversity of the Board to identify any gaps 
and consider the need for refreshment. 

All Directors are encouraged to keep up  
to date with relevant legal and governance 
matters, best practice and evolving areas  
of risk. 

The Directors are supported to undertake 
any other professional development 
identified as necessary or desirable.  

An induction programme is in place  
for new Board members including  
meeting with Directors and senior 
managers and visiting the main site.  

Mark Cropper 
Chair to the Nominations Committee 
23 August 2023

For the recent Executive appointment, 
regard was given to the succession plan.

For the external candidate appointments, 
profiles were created in conjunction with a 
specialist recruitment firm.  

An initial long list of candidates were 
interviewed by the CEO and Director of 
People & Culture in the first instance.  

The short list of candidates was then 
further assessed against the candidate 
profiles and also interviewed by  
Committee members. Short listed 
candidates were invited to a tour of  
the main site and the opportunity to  
meet some of the Executive Directors. 

After careful consideration, the  
Committee made proposals to the  
Board, which were accepted. 

Diversity

The Company is committed to diverse  
and inclusive practices with equality of 
opportunity amongst its employees  
and its Board members. 

The Company acknowledges the value  
of diversity in its widest sense and its 
contribution towards effective Board 
operations and decisions.

REPORT OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

"I AM PLEASED TO INTRODUCE THE DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT  

FOR THE PERIOD ENDED 1 APRIL 2023. THIS REPORT INCORPORATES 

INFORMATION ON HOW WE INTEND TO IMPLEMENT DIRECTORS’ 

REMUNERATION IN THE YEAR TO MARCH 2024, INFORMATION ON OUR 

DIRECTOR’S REMUNERATION POLICY AND THE ANNUAL REMUNERATION 

REPORT. AS AN AIM-QUOTED COMPANY, THE INFORMATION IS DISCLOSED  

TO FULFIL THE REQUIREMENTS OF AIM RULE 19. JAMES CROPPER PLC IS NOT 

REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THE LARGE AND MEDIUM-SIZED COMPANIES  

AND GROUPS (ACCOUNTS AND REPORTS) (AMENDMENT) REGULATIONS  

2013. THE INFORMATION IS UNAUDITED EXCEPT WHERE STATED."

Statement from the Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Our Directors’ remuneration policy

Our remuneration policy is designed  
to attract and retain individuals with  
the talent, experience and leadership  
skills required to enable us to run the 
Group successfully and achieve our 
strategic objectives. 

Our remuneration policy is closely  
aligned with our long term strategic goals 
and our approach to risk management. 

The Remuneration Committee recognises 
that a significant proportion of 
remuneration should be structured so as to 
link reward to corporate and individual 
performance and be designed to promote 
the long-term success of the Group. 

As outlined in last year’s report, in 2022  
the Company introduced a new executive 
annual bonus and LTIP construct for our 
Executive Directors for the period ended 
1 April 2023 and future years. 

Our policy, reflecting this new construct,  
is set out in the policy section below.

Business context and Remuneration 
Committee decisions on 
remuneration

The Company has made significant 
progress since 2022 in repositioning  
James Cropper to capitalise on growth 
opportunities within its core and emerging 
end-markets. 

The fast-growing renewable energy  
and decarbonisation markets are creating  
an ever-greater need for novel and 
high-performance materials, while 
sustainable fibres, and low, or zero,  
carbon processing are driving growth 
within paper and packaging. 

The last twelve months have presented 
challenges through market volatility and 
economic turbulence, with high energy  
and raw material costs prevalent. 

We continue to show resilience towards 
these external challenges as the Group 
experienced strong demand and retained 
contracts throughout the period across all 
divisions, with over 24% revenue growth  
in the year to 1 April 2023.

AGM and changes to  
Directors’ remuneration

We put our Directors’ Remuneration 
Report to an advisory vote at our AGM  
in July 2022 and it was supported by  
87.2% of votes cast with 12.8% of votes 
cast against the resolution and a further 
1.25m shares abstained. 

One proxy adviser recommended 
shareholders vote against this resolution on 
the grounds that our Chairman received 
LTIP awards and other remuneration 
during the year to March 2022. 

The remuneration construct of our 
Chairman was reviewed during FY2022.

From 1 April 2022, executive benefits  
and future LTIP awards were removed 
from his remuneration. As such, our 
Chairman received no LTIP awards in 
FY2023. In considering this new construct, 
the Committee commissioned independent 
external advice and benchmarking for a 
revised Chairman single fee. 

This external advice was considered and the 
Chairman’s fee was changed to a single fee 
of £130,000 per annum.

In addition to these changes, the Company 
now applies a two year post vesting holding 
period to share awards to Executive 

Directors made under both the Company’s 
annual bonus plan and its LTIP. 

Directors’ Remuneration in year to 
March 2024

For FY2023, Executive Director salaries 
were increased by 3.8% which is 50%  
of the UK Company wide pay increase. 
Following a formal national negotiation 
and ballot the collectively bargained pay 
award for the paper industry was settled  
at 7.6% as from 1 April 2023.

The fees of the Chair and other  
Non-Executive Directors will not be 
increased for FY2024. The Chair’s fee will 
remain at £130,000 and Non-Executive 
Director fees will remain at £37,440. 

Due to variances in the Non-Executive 
Directors pay, a decision was made to  
align and inact all pay in April 2022. 

The Annual bonus and LTIP will be 
operated in a similar way to last year  
and in line with the policy table set out  
on page 63.

The remainder of this report is split  
into the following two sections:

•  Directors’ Remuneration Policy  
setting out the Group’s current  
remuneration policy.

•  Annual Report on Remuneration  
  providing details of the payments  
  made to Directors in the period.

 Lyndsey Scott 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
23 August 2023

60

61

 
 
Report of the Remuneration Committee

Report of the Remuneration Committee

Annual Remuneration Report for 2023

Details of Directors’ Remuneration 

Remuneration Committee

Remuneration policy

Malus and Clawback

Shares awarded under the stretch element 
of annual bonus and under the LTIP are 
subject to malus and clawback provisions.

Post vesting holding periods

A two year post vesting holding period  
is attached to all awards to Executive 
Directors including Annual Bonus  
and LTIP awards.

Service Contracts

Director 

I M Maddock 

S A Adams 

J Gravestock 

P J Willink 

Notice Period 

6 months 

6 months 

6 months 

12 months

The Chairman has a one year notice period. 
Non-Executive Directors, except the 
Chairman, have letters of appointment with 
one month’s notice by either side.

The Remuneration Committee  
comprises the following members:

•  Lyndsey Scott (Chair)
•  Mark Cropper
•  Martin Court
•  Sarah Miles
•  Jim Sharp

Committee Responsibilities 

The Remuneration Committee has 
responsibility for setting the remuneration 
policy for all Executive Directors and the 
Chairman of the Board, including pension 
rights and any compensation payments. 

This includes reviewing the performance  
of the Executive Directors and determining 
their terms and conditions of service,  
their remuneration and the grant of any 
options, having due regard to the interests  
of the shareholders. 

The remuneration of senior management is 
discussed by the Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee and the Chief Executive and 
their recommendations considered and if 
deemed appropriate, approved by the 
Remuneration Committee.

No Director can take part in any discussion 
concerning their own reward. 

The Remuneration Committee meets  
at least twice a year and otherwise as 
required.  The Committee operates  
under formal terms of reference which  
are reviewed annually.

The Remuneration Committee will 
periodically review the policy to confirm 
that our remuneration framework 
continues to support the delivery of  
our business objectives. 

In developing this policy, the Remuneration 
Committee takes into account the best 
interests of the business and the agreed 
terms and conditions of employment for 
each Director of the Group. 

Our overall remuneration philosophy aims:

•  To recognise the importance of ensuring 

that employees of the Group are 
effectively and appropriately rewarded.

•  To operate a remuneration policy that is 
a mix of fixed and variable pay. Variable 
pay is both short term and long term.

•  To align Directors’ interests with those  

of the Group.

•  To have a pay for performance approach.

•  To provide a market competitive  

level of remuneration to enable the 
Group to attract and retain high level 
individuals, to support the ongoing 
success of the Group.

Remuneration Policy Summary

Full details can be found on page 65.

£’000  

Executive 

S A Adams 

I M Maddock 

J Gravestock  
(Appointed 15 November 2021)

174   

Salary and Fees  
2023  

2022  

Benefits 

2023  

2022  

Annual Bonus 
2022  
2023  

Pension Costs 
2022  
2023  

Total

2023  

2022

208   

174   

167   

167   

92   

26   

23   

23   

23   

23   

9   

10   

-   

29   

8   

8   

13   

12   

10   

7   

10   

10   

1   

256   

207   

233   

208

208

115 

M Thompson  
(Resigned 20 January 2022)

P J Willink1 

P I Wild2  
(Resigned 9 August 2022)

14   

167   

2   

23   

-   

34   

1   

10   

17   

234 

162   

85   

155   

211    

23   

9   

23   

43   

12   

-   

27   

11   

-   

20   

11   

13   

197   

114   

216

278 

Non-Executive  

M A J Cropper 

M Court 
(Appointed 9 November 2021)

130   

37   

83   

14   

S Miles 
(Appointed 9 November 2021)

37   

14   

L J Scott 

J E Sharp 

37   

37   

33   

38   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

11   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

5   

-   

-   

-   

-   

130   

37   

37   

37   

37   

99

14 

14 

33

37

1,095   

1,162   

106   

155   

51   

101   

50   

60   

1,302   

1,478

1 P J Willink is accruing defined benefit pension entitlements based on a pensionable salary. 

2 In addition to payments in table, P Wild was paid £110,206 payment in lieu of notice, benefits package accrued and pension  contribution 

and £90,909 as a severance payment. 

Salary

Steve Adams’ salary was increased from £167,000 to £233,550 on his appointment as CEO on 10 August 2022. The annual salary  
and fee levels paid to other Directors during the year are as stated in the table above.

Annual bonus 

80% of the annual incentive for Executive Directors is determined by financial performance both at a Group and divisional level with the 
remaining 20% determined by the achievement of key individual strategic objectives. Financial performance measures are agreed by the 
Committee at the beginning of the year, with performance levels set at target and stretch in line with the Business Plan. 

For the year ended 1 April 2023, while targets in Technical Fibre Products were met, financial measures across other divisions and Group fell 
short of the performance threshold. The key strategic objectives for each Executive Director were achieved in year and accordingly payments 
made as set out in the table above. 

62

63

 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
Report of the Remuneration Committee

Report of the Remuneration Committee - Remuneration Policy Summary

Long Term Incentive Plan

Share awards outstanding and made during the financial period to 1 April 2023 under the Plan to Executive Directors were as follows:

REMUNERATION POLICY SUMMARY

All figures in £’000 

S A Adams 

I M Maddock 

J Gravestock 

P I Wild1 

1 Resigned 9 August 2022

Options at  
26 March  
2022  

Options  
granted  
in period  

   Mid-market 
price (£)  
 of options  
granted  

Options  
exercised  
in period  

Options   Options at  
1 April 
2023 

lapsed in   
period   

13,561   

13,561   

-   

25,765   

13,640   

8,390   

8,390   

-   

£10.59   

£10.59   

£10.59   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

(7,449)   

19,752

(7,449)   

14,502

-   

8,390

(25,765)   

-

Cash-settled options under the LTIP

Conditional cash awards (“Cash Awards”) grant participating employees a conditional right to be paid a cash amount based on the proceeds 
of the sale of a specified number of Ordinary Shares following vesting of the award. Under the LTIP Plan, Conditional Cash awards were 
granted to the following Executive Directors:  

All figures in £’000 

M A J Cropper 

P J Willink 

Options at  
26 March  
2022  

Options  
granted  
in period  

   Mid-market 
price (£)  
 of options  
granted  

Options  
exercised  
in period  

Options   Options at  
1 April 
2023 

lapsed in   
period   

6,523   

12,648   

-   

-   

7,825   

£10.59   

-   

-   

(3,583)   

2,940

(6,948)   

13,525

Share and cash awards detailed above were granted on 22 September 2022 subject to performance conditions measured over three  
years 2023 to 2025. 40% of awards are subject to an adjusted EPS target with threshold vesting at growth from FY2022 at RPI plus  
45% per annum and maximum vesting at growth at RPI plus 65% per annum. 

30% of awards are subject to a gross operating cash flow target with threshold vesting at 80% of target for the period rising to maximum 
vesting at 100% of target. 30% of awards are subject to ESG targets relating to the reduction in the carbon emissions intensity ratio  
(as per the Streamlined Energy and Carbon Report (SECR) reporting) over the three-year period with threshold vesting at 80% of target 
for the period rising to maximum vesting at 100% of target. 

10% of awards subject to each condition grant at threshold performance rising on a straight line to 100% at Maximum performance.

LTIP awards made in FY2022 were 100% subject to an adjusted three-year EPS target with threshold vesting (25% of the award)  
vesting at growth of RPI plus 6% rising on a straight line to full vesting at growth of RPI plus 20%. 

Advisors to the Committee

The Committee has engaged the services of H2Glenfern Remuneration Advisory to provide independent remuneration advice specifically 
on the construct of senior management and Board compensation including LTIP and annual incentive construct and arrangements.

PURPOSE AND LINK TO STRATEGY 

OPERATION, OPPORTUNITY & PERFORMANCE METRIC

Base Salary

To reflect market value of the role and individual’s 
performance and contribution and enable the 
Group to recruit and retain Directors of sufficient 
calibre required to support achievement of both 
short and long-term goals.

Operation: 
•  The salary of each Executive Director will be reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee 

without any obligation to increase such salary.

•  Base salaries are benchmarked against companies of a comparable size with a targeted approach of 

median positioning against the market, subject to satisfactory performance.

•  There may be reviews and changes to base salary during the year if considered appropriate by the 

Remuneration Committee.

Opportunity:  
There is no prescribed maximum annual base salary or salary increase.

Benefits

To attract and retain the right individuals and 
level of talent required to support achievement  
of both short- and long-term goals.

Operation: 
•  Each Executive Director is awarded a benefit allowance which allows individuals to select from a  

range of personal benefits including, but not limited to, private medical insurance and a company car. 
Any unused monetary sum is paid to the individual at the end of the tax year via the PAYE system.

•  The benefit allowance is reviewed periodically by the Remuneration Committee.

Opportunity:  
No maximum potential value.

Pension

Operation: 

To attract and retain the right individuals and 
level of talent required to support achievement  
of both short- and long-term goals.

•  Executive Directors are either members of the Company’s defined benefit scheme, the Company’s 

defined contribution scheme or receive a pension allowance. 

Opportunity:  
Director pension arrangements are in line with the pension arrangements for the general workforce, 
depending on what pension scheme they are a member of. 

Annual Incentive Plan

To reward the delivery of the Group’s annual 
financial and strategic goals.

To align the interests of the Executives and 
shareholders in the short and medium term.

Operation: 
•  The Annual Bonus is earned on the achievement of performance targets ordinarily set by the 

Remuneration Committee at the start of each financial year. 

•  Payments up to target performance are made in cash.
•  Amounts due under the stretch incentive are awarded in shares which vest three years from award.  
Annual bonus amounts are subject to malus and clawback provisions covering a three-year period. 

Opportunity:  
The target bonus opportunity for all Executive Directors is 25% of base salary. Under the stretch 
opportunity, the CEO may receive up to a further 25% of salary, taking the maximum opportunity to  
50% of salary and for other Executive Directors – a further 15% of basic salary, taking their maximum 
opportunity to 40% of salary.

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

To incentivise the delivery of key performance 
measures over the long term.

To retain key Executives and increase their  
share ownership in the Company, aligning  
their interests with those of shareholders.

Operation: 
•  Under the plan, awards to acquire ordinary shares in the Company, or cash equivalent, can be made to 

Executive Directors and other employees within the Group, as selected by the Remuneration Committee.

•  Awards vest after three years subject to performance conditions measured over a three-year period.
•  LTIP awards will be vested in shares with the exception of any concert party member who will be  

vested a cash equivalent.

•  Awards to Executive Directors are subject to a two year post vesting holding period.

Shareholding Guideline 

Alignment of the Executive Directors’ interests 
with those of the Group’s shareholders.

Non-Executive Director Remuneration

To attract and retain the right individuals  
required to support the achievement of both  
short and long-term goals.

Opportunity:  
75% of salary for the CEO and 50% of salary for other Executive Directors.

Operation: 
•  Requirement to purchase 500 to 1,000 Company shares minimum upon joining the Company  

and to be retained during service. 

Opportunity:  
Not applicable. 

Operation: 
•  Effective FY2023, the Chairman receives a flat fee in cash.
•  The other Non-Executive Directors receive flat fees in cash.

Note:  
The maximum aggregate amount of fees that the Company may pay to all the Directors who do not hold 
executive office for their services is £400,000 per annum, or such larger amount as the Company may by 
ordinary resolution decide.

6464

65

 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
   
Directors’ Report

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

Directors’ Report

The Directors present their Annual 
Report and the audited financial 
statements of James Cropper Group  
for the 53 weeks ended 1 April 2023.

Principal activities

The principal activity of the Group 
comprises the manufacture of specialist 
paper and advanced materials. There have 
not been any significant changes in the 
Group’s principal activities in the year  
under review.

The Directors are not aware, at the date of  
this report, of any likely major changes in  
the Group’s activities in the next year. 

Review of business and future 
developments

The Chairman’s Statement on pages 08 to 09 
and the CEO Review on pages 10 to 16 
report on the performance of the Group  
for the period ended 1 April 2023 and its 
prospects for the future.

The Chairman’s Statement, the Strategic 
Report and this report have been prepared 
solely to provide additional information  
to shareholders to assess the Group’s 
strategies and the potential for those  
strategies to succeed. 

These statements are made by the  
Directors in good faith based on the 
information available to them up to the  
time of their approval of this report and  
such statements should be treated with 
caution due to the inherent uncertainties, 
including both economic and business  
risk factors, underlying any such forward 
looking information.

The Board

The Directors who served during the year 
under review were:

•  Mark Cropper

•  Phil Wild (resigned 9 August 2022)

•  Steve Adams

•  Isabelle Maddock (resigned 14 June 2023)

•  James Gravestock

•  Patrick Willink

•  Martin Court 

•  Sarah Miles 

•  Lyndsey Scott

•  Jim Sharp

Details of the Directors’ remuneration are 
shown in the Report of the Remuneration 
Committee on pages 61 to 65. Details of the 
Directors’ interests in the share capital of 
the Company are set out below. 

The biographies of the Directors as at the 
date of this report are on pages 50 to 51.

Results and dividends

The results for the period are shown in  
the Statement of Comprehensive Income 
on page 77.

An interim dividend of 2.0p per ordinary 
share was paid on 13 January 2023.

The Directors are recommending a final 
dividend of 4.0p per ordinary share, subject 
to approval at the Annual General Meeting 
of the Company, making the total dividend 
for the year 6.0p per share (2022: 10.0p). 

Full details of dividends in respect of the 
year ended 1 April 2023 are given in note 7 
of the financial statements.

Corporate governance

A report on Corporate Governance is set 
out on pages 52 to 55, and forms part of 
this report by reference.

Health & Safety

The Group is committed to providing  
a safe working environment for all 
employees. Group policies are reviewed 
regularly to ensure that policies relating  
to training, risk assessment and accident 
management are appropriate. 

Health & Safety issues are reported at  
each Board meeting and Executive 
Committee meeting.

Charitable and political donations

It is the Group’s policy not to make any 
donations to, or incur expenditure on 
behalf of political parties, other political 
organisations or independent election 
candidates and the Board does not intend 
to change this policy.

Donations totalling £6,327  
(2022: £9,000) were made for various  
local charitable purposes. 

Engagement with key stakeholders

Environmental policy

Authority to allot shares

In accordance with the Large and 
Medium-sized Companies and Groups 
(Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 
(as amended by the Companies 
(Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 
2018), the Company’s statement on 
engagement with, and having due regard  
to, the interests of key stakeholders is 
contained within the Section 172(1) 
statement in the CEO Review on  
pages 26 to 27 (also known as the  
Section 172 statement). 

The section 172 statement also  
summarises how the Directors have  
had regard to the need to foster the  
Group’s business relationships.

Employee involvement and policy 
regarding disabled persons

The Group’s employees are its most 
important asset. The Group operates an 
equal opportunities policy that aims to treat 
individuals fairly and not to discriminate in 
any way.

Regular consultative meetings are held with 
the trade union representatives to advise 
them on all aspects of Group developments. 
Communications with all employees 
continues through monthly and bi-annual 
briefings on performance, safety and any 
other relevant developments. 

It is the Group’s policy to give equal 
opportunity when considering applications 
from disabled persons where the job 
requirements are considered to be within 
their ability. 

In the event of employees becoming 
disabled, every effort is made to ensure that 
their employment with the Group 
continues and that appropriate training is 
arranged. 

It is the policy of the Group that the 
training, career development and 
promotion of a disabled person should, as 
far as practicable, be identical to that of  
a person who does not suffer from a 
disability. Further information can be  
found in the section 172 (1) statement on 
pages 26 to 27.

James Cropper Group recognises the 
importance of its environmental 
responsibilities and designs and implements 
policies to reduce any damage that might be 
caused by the Group’s activities. 

A resolution will be proposed to renew  
an existing authority which expires at the 
Annual General Meeting to give the 
Directors authority to exercise the powers  
of the Company to allot unissued shares.

Initiatives designed to minimise the 
Group’s impact on the environment include 
safe disposal of waste, recycling and 
reducing energy consumption. 

Further details can be found in the 
sustainability report on pages 37 to 47  
and the streamlined energy carbon report  
on page 40.

Events post the reporting period

As referred to in note 25 to the annual 
financial statements, The Group’s trading 
update communicated to the Markets on  
19 April 2023, outlined a strategic 
repositioning to accelerate revenue and 
profit growth across the Group. 

The streamlining of the Paper division is  
one of the three pillars central to the 
repositioning. As part of this process, 
restructuring costs will likely be incurred  
in financial year 2024. The quantum of 
restructuring costs is, however, unknown  
at the time of this report.

Financial instruments

Disclosure around financial risks, financial 
instruments and hedging is included in  
note 19 to the annual financial statements.

Research and development

The Group invests in research projects and 
the development of new technology. 
Research and development expenditure  
and the related tax credits are disclosed in 
note 4 to the annual financial statements.

Share capital

Full details of the issued share capital of  
the Company are set out in note 22 to the 
consolidated financial statements.  

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled  
to one vote per share at the Company’s 
general meetings.

Directors power to disapply  
pre-emption rights

A resolution will be proposed at the  
Annual General Meeting which disapplies 
statutory pre-emption rights on the 
allotment of shares by empowering the 
Directors to allot shares for cash without 
offering them to existing shareholders first.

Going concern

The accounting policy relating to  
going concern is set out in note 1 to  
the financial statements. 

The consolidated financial statements have 
been prepared on a going concern basis 
under the historical cost convention except 
for the revaluation of certain financial 
instruments to fair value. 

In determining the appropriate basis of 
preparation, the impact of the energy crisis 
and other inflationary pressures have been 
the major considerations.

The Board has concluded that it is 
appropriate to adopt the going concern 
basis, having undertaken a rigorous 
assessment of the financial forecasts with 
specific consideration to the trading 
position of the Group in the context of  
the current inflationary pressures and 
energy costs. Stress tests and sensitivities 
have been performed on the forecast 
including any impact on covenants. 

The Directors, after reviewing the Group’s 
operating forecasts, investment plans and 
financing arrangements, consider that the 
Group and Company will have sufficient 
funds to continue to meet their liabilities as 
they fall due for at least 12 months from the 
date of approval of the financial statements 
and therefore have prepared the financial 
statements on a going concern basis. 

Accordingly, the Directors are satisfied  
that it is appropriate to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing the Annual 
Report and Accounts.

Disclosure of information  
to the Auditor

Grant Thornton UK LLP has expressed  
its willingness to continue in office.  
Its appointment and authority for the 
Directors to agree its remuneration will be 
proposed at the Annual General Meeting. 

Each of the Directors as at the date  
of approval of this Annual Report  
confirms that:

•  So far as the Director is aware there is  
  no relevant audit information of which  
the Company’s Auditor is unaware; and

•  The Director has taken all steps he/she  
  ought to have taken as a Director in 
  order  to make himself/herself aware of 
  any  relevant audit information and to  
  establish that the Company’s Auditor is  
  aware of that information.

Annual General Meeting

Notice of Annual General Meeting, which 
sets out the resolutions to be proposed at 
the forthcoming Annual General Meeting 
will be posted to shareholders at least three 
weeks before the date of the AGM.  

The meeting will be held at The Bryce 
Institute, Burneside, Kendal, Cumbria, 
LA9 6QZ on Tuesday 26 September 2023 
at 11am followed by an optional tour of  
the new Embossing Centre of Excellence.

66

67

 
 
Directors’ Report

Substantial Interests

Shareholdings in excess of 3% of the issued capital at June 2023 were as follows: 

Name of Shareholding 

Number of Shares   

% holding   

Note 

Cropper Family – Beneficial and Non Beneficial Interests 

Willink Family – Beneficial and Non Beneficial Interests 

Acland Family – Beneficial Interests 

Total 

Liontrust Asset Management Ltd 

3,185,129   

461,550   

52,386   

3,699,065   

1,246,854   

33.3 

4.8 

0.6 

38.7   

13.05   

1 

1 The Cropper, Willink and Acland families are related and are deemed to be acting in concert with a total holding of 38.7% in the Company.

At 1 April 2023 
  Options on 
Ordinary 
Shares 

Ordinary 
Shares 

At 26 March 2022
  Options on 
Ordinary 
Shares

 Ordinary 
Shares 

Director 

Interest 

M A J Cropper1  

Beneficial 
Non-beneficial 

1,833,850 
559,571 

- 
- 

1,856,896 
559,571 

I M Maddock 

Beneficial 

10,448  

22,033  

S A Adams 

J Gravestock 

P J Willink 

J E Sharp 

L J Scott 

M Court 

S Miles 

Beneficial 

Beneficial 

Beneficial 
Non-beneficial 

Beneficial 
Non-beneficial 

Beneficial 
Non-beneficial 

Beneficial 
Non-beneficial 

Beneficial 
Non-beneficial 

1,099 

27,221 

500 

8,390 

58,079 
111,684  

11,380 
81,751 

500 
81,751 

500 
81,751 

500 
81,751 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

9,741 

1,099 

500 

58,079 
69,434 

11,380 
82,251 

500 
82,251 

500 
82,251 

500 
82,251 

1 As at 23 August 2023, M J Cropper held 1,891,850 ordinary shares beneficially  

and 559,571 ordinary shares non-beneficially.

- 
-

13,561

13,561

-

- 
-

- 
-

- 
-

- 
-

- 
-

Details of Directors’ Interests 

The interests in the shares of the 
Company of those Directors serving 
at 1 April were as follows:

Any material related party 
transactions between the Directors 
and the Company are set out in  
note 27 to the consolidated  
financial statements. 

Further information relating to the 
interests of the Directors regarding 
options on ordinary shares is given  
in the Report of the Remuneration 
Committee on page 61. 

Non-beneficial interests include 
shares held jointly as trustee with 
other Directors. 

The Company has purchased and 
maintained throughout the period 
Directors’ and officers’ liability 
insurance in respect of the Directors.

Approved by the Board of Directors 
on 23 August 2023 and were signed 
on its behalf by

Mark Cropper  
Chairman

68

CONTENTS

STRATEGIC REPORT 

05

Financial Highlights 

Financial Summary 

Chairman’s Letter 

Chief Executive’s Review 

The Pension Report 

Risk Management 

Promoting the Success of Our Group 
- S172(1) Statement 

Technical Fibre Products 

ColourformTM 

Paper Products 

Sustainability - ESG 

Our People 

49

GOVERNANCE 

Board of Directors 

Corporate Governance Statement 

Compliance with the QCA  
Corporate Governance Code

Report of the Audit Committee 

Report of the Nominations Committee 

Report of the Remuneration Committee 

Directors’ Report 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

69

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 

Group Independent Auditor’s Report 

Group Statement of Comprehensive Income 

Statement of Financial Position 

Statement of Cash Flows 

Statement of Changes In Equity 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

Shareholder Information 

70

71

77

78

79

80

82

119

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

Independent Auditor’s Report

STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES

The directors are responsible for 
preparing the Annual Report and the 
financial statements in accordance  
with applicable law and regulations.

•  prepare the financial statements on  
the going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the 
company will continue in business.

Company law requires the directors to 
prepare financial statements for each 
financial year. Under that law the directors 
have to prepare the financial statements in 
accordance with UK-adopted international 
accounting standards. 

Under company law the directors must not 
approve the financial statements unless they 
are satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs and profit or loss 
of the company and group for that period. 
In preparing these financial statements, the 
directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies  
and then apply them consistently;

•  make judgements and accounting 

estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

• state whether applicable UK-adopted 

international accounting standards have 
been followed, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in  
the financial statements; and

The directors are responsible for keeping 
adequate accounting records that are 
sufficient to show and explain the 
company’s transactions and disclose with 
reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the company and 
enable them to ensure that the financial 
statements comply with the Companies  
Act 2006. 

They are also responsible for  
safeguarding the assets of the company  
and hence for taking reasonable steps  
for the prevention and detection of fraud 
and other irregularities. 

The directors confirm that: 

•  so far as each director is aware, there is no 
relevant audit information of which the 
company’s auditor is unaware; and

•  the directors have taken all the steps that 
they ought to have taken as directors in 
order to make themselves aware of any 
relevant audit information and to 
establish that the company’s auditor is 
aware of that information.

To the best of our  knowledge:

•  the group financial statements, prepared 

in accordance with UK-adopted 
international accounting standards, give a 
true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, 
financial position and profit or loss of the 
company and the undertakings included 
in the consolidation taken as a whole; and 

•  the Strategic Report and Directors’ 
Report include a fair review of the 
development and performance of the 
business and the position of the company 
and the undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole, together 
with a description of the principal risks 
and uncertainties that they face.

Approved by the Board of Directors on  
23 August 2023 and were signed on its 
behalf by

Mark Cropper 
Chairman

GROUP INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT  
TO THE MEMBERS OF JAMES CROPPER PLC

including assessing the impact on cash 
flow and covenants; and

•   Corroborating the existence of the 
Group’s loan facilities and related 
covenant requirements for the period 
covered by management’s forecasts.  
We have analysed and considered the level 
of headroom on covenants throughout the 
going concern period.

In our evaluation of the directors’ 
conclusions, we considered the inherent 
risks associated with the  Group’s  
and the parent company’s business  
model including effects arising from 
macro-economic uncertainties such as 
inflationary pressures and energy prices,  
we assessed and challenged the 
reasonableness of estimates made by the 
directors and the related disclosures and 
analysed how those risks might affect the 
Group’s and the parent company’s financial 
resources or ability to continue operations 
over the going concern period.  

In auditing the financial statements, we  
have concluded that the directors’ use of  
the going concern basis of accounting in  
the preparation of the financial statements  
is appropriate. 

Based on the work we have performed,  
we have not identified any material 
uncertainties relating to events or conditions 
that, individually or collectively, may cast 
significant doubt on the Group’s and the 
parent company’s ability to continue as  
a going concern for a period of at least 
twelve months from when the financial 
statements are authorised for issue.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities 
of the directors with respect to going 
concern are described in the relevant 
sections of this report.

Opinion
Our opinion on the financial statements 
is unmodified

We have audited the financial statements of 
James Cropper Public Limited Company 
(the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries 
(the ‘Group’) for the period from 27 March 
2022 to 1 April 2023, which comprise the 
Group Statement of Comprehensive 
Income, the Group and parent Statement  
of Financial Position, the Group Statement 
of Cash Flows, the Group and parent 
Statement of Changes in Equity and notes  
to the financial statements, including a 
summary of significant accounting policies.

The financial reporting framework that  
has been applied in the preparation of the 
Group financial statements is applicable  
law and UK-adopted international 
accounting standards. 

The financial reporting framework that has 
been applied in the preparation of the parent 
company financial statements is applicable 
law and United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards, including Financial Reporting 
Standard 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure 
Framework’ (United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice).

In our opinion:

•  the financial statements give a true and fair 
view of the state of the Group’s and of the 
parent company’s affairs as at 1 April 2023 
and of the Group’s profit for the period 
then ended;

• the Group financial statements have  

been properly prepared in accordance  
with UK-adopted international  
accounting standards;

• the parent company financial statements 

have been properly prepared in accordance 
with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice; and

• the financial statements have been 
prepared in accordance with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance  
with International Standards on Auditing 
(UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. 

Our responsibilities under those standards 
are further described in the ‘Auditor’s 
responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements’ section of our report. 

We are independent of the Group and the 
parent company in accordance with the 
ethical requirements that are relevant to  
our audit of the financial statements in the 
UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard  
as applied to listed entities, and we have 
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities  
in accordance with these requirements. 

We believe that the audit evidence we  
have obtained is sufficient and appropriate 
to provide a basis for our opinion.

Conclusions relating to going concern
We are responsible for concluding on the 
appropriateness of the directors’ use of the 
going concern basis of accounting and, based 
on the audit evidence obtained, whether a 
material uncertainty exists related to events 
or conditions that may cast significant doubt 
on the Group’s and the parent company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern. 

If we conclude that a material uncertainty 
exists, we are required to draw attention  
in our report to the related disclosures  
in the financial statements or, if such 
disclosures are inadequate, to modify  
the auditor’s opinion. 

Our conclusions are based on the audit 
evidence obtained up to the date of our 
report. However, future events or conditions 
may cause the Group or the parent company 
to cease to continue as a going concern.

Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment 
of the Group’s and the parent company’s 
ability to continue to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting included:

•  Analysing and challenging management’s 

forecasts and supporting assessment;

•  Assessing subsequent events following the 
year-end in order to establish any areas 
that could affect the Group’s ability to 
report as a going concern, including a 
review of the board minutes in relation to 
the strategic business plans;

•   Analysing management’s reverse stress test 

of the forecasts and assessing the 
likelihood of a downward scenario;

•   Comparing forecasted amounts against 
current year performance and the most 
recent management accounts, prior to the 
approval of the financial statements;

•   Performing sensitivity analysis of revenue 

and EBITDA to account for each 
assessment performed by management, 

70

71

Independent Auditor’s Report

Independent Auditor’s Report

OUR APPROACH TO THE AUDIT

KEY AUDIT MATTER - GROUP AND PARENT 

HOW OUR SCOPE ADDRESSED THE MATTER - GROUP

Overview of our audit approach

Overall materiality: 

Group

Group: £325,000, which represents 0.25%  
of the Group’s revenue.

Parent company: £130,000, which represents 
40% of the Group’s materiality.

Key audit matters were identified as: 
•  Pension benefit obligation. 

We did not issue the audit report for  
the period ended 26 March 2022.

Key audit matters reported by the 
predecessor auditor in the auditor’s report 
for the period ended 26 March 2022 were:
•  Defined Benefit Pension  

Scheme Valuations

The Group engagement team performed; 
full-scope audit procedures on the financial 
information of two components, audit of 
one or more classes of transaction, account 
balance or disclosures relating to significant 
risks of material misstatement for two 
components and specified audit procedures 
relating to significant risks of material 
misstatement for four components.

The Group engagement team performed 
analytical procedures on the financial 
information of the remaining 8 components.

In total, our procedures covered 87% 
of the Group’s revenue and 96% of the 
Group’s total assets.

DESCRIPTION

AUDIT RESPONSE

KEY AUDIT MATTERS

DISCLOSURES

KEY OBSERVATIONS

MATERIALITY

KEY AUDIT 
MATTERS

SCOPING

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in 
our professional judgement, were of most 
significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include 
the most significant assessed risks of material 
misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) 
that we identified. 

These matters included those that had the 
greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; 
the allocation of resources in the audit; and 
directing the efforts of the engagement team. 

These matters were addressed in the context 
of our audit of the financial statements as a 
whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, 
and we do not provide a separate opinion on 
these matters. 

In the graph below, we have presented the key audit matters, significant risks and other risks relevant to the audit.
High

Revenue recognition 
(occurence) including 
completeness of rebates

Going concern

P
o
t
e
n
t
i
a

l

fi
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

i

m
p
a
c
t

Low

Low

Purchases/
cost of sales

Revenue (accuracy)

Pension benefit obligation

Trade creditors, 
accruals and
contigent consideration

Inventory

Cash

Trade receivables

Interest rate cap/
hedge accounting

Management 
override of control

Share options

Key audit matter

Significant risk

Other risk

Extent of management judgement

High

Pension benefit obligation is not valued correctly 
in the financial statements. 

We assessed the pension benefit obligation not being 
complete within the financial statements as one of the  
most significant assessed risks of material misstatement  
due to error.

As described in Note 1 (accounting policies) and Note 20 
(retirement benefits), the Group has two funded pension 
schemes providing defined benefits for a number of its 
employees; the James Cropper PLC Pension Scheme 
 (‘Staff Scheme’) and the James Cropper PLC Works 
Pension Plan (‘Works Scheme’).

As at 1 April 2023, the net pension obligation amounted to 
£16.1m (2022: £13.1m, which includes the effect of limit on 
recoverable surplus of £1.4m), the loss recognised in other 
comprehensive income amounted to £3.9m (2022: gain of 
£4.8m), the fair value of the plan assets is £73.2m (2022: 
£109.9m), and the present value of the defined benefit 
obligation is £89.3m (2022: £121.7m).

We note that the valuation of the net obligation is 
dependent on the underlying assumptions and inputs  
made from the actuary, as well as movements within  
market conditions, specifically being the discount rate, 
inflation expectations and life expectancy assumptions.

The inputs surrounding these assumptions are considered to 
be complex, and as such, require significant management 
judgement to be made, with the support of third-party 
actuaries. A minor change within any of the underlying 
assumptions and estimates used to calculate the Group’s 
pension obligation could have a significant impact on the 
Group’s net pension deficit. 

In responding to the key audit matter, we performed the following  
audit procedures:

•  Assessed the competence, capabilities and objectivity of the pension  

scheme actuary in addition to checking the completeness and reliability  
of the data provided; 

•  Obtained and analysed the pension report from the actuary and confirmed 
the disclosures agree to the disclosures made in the financial statements;

•  Obtained a list of employee data from the scheme administrator, that is  

used by management’s actuarial expert in their pension liability calculations 
and undertook testing to confirm the data used was complete and accurate;

•  For a sample of assets, we tested the valuation of the asset by agreeing  
to supporting documentation such as quoted asset prices or recent 
transactions around the period-end, depending on the type of asset;

•  Obtained third-party confirmation of the value of the pension scheme  

assets from both the investment manager and custodian;

•  Tested the movement in the member data by agreeing to information 

provided by the scheme administrator, to ensure that there have not been 
any material or abnormal movements to the membership profile; and

•  Engaged our internal actuarial specialists to assess the reasonableness  
of assumptions made in relation to the scheme focussing primarily on  
the discount rate, inflation, and mortality assumptions.

Relevant disclosures in the Annual Report  
and Accounts 2023

• Financial statements; The Pension Report
• Financial statements; Group’s key sources of  

significant estimates; Retirement benefits

• Financial statements; Note 20; Retirement benefits 

Our results

Based on our audit work, we found the valuation methodologies and the 
actuarial assumptions inherent within them to be balanced and consistent  
with the expectation of our actuarial specialists. We consider that the group’s 
disclosures within note 20 appropriately describe the significant degree of 
inherent precision in the assumptions and estimates and the potential impact 
on future periods of revisions to these estimates. No material misstatements 
were identified within the calculation.

72

73

 
 
 
Independent Auditor’s Report

Independent Auditor’s Report

Our application of materiality

We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing the audit, and in evaluating the effect of identified misstatements on the 
audit and of uncorrected misstatements, if any, on the financial statements and in forming the opinion in the auditor’s report.
Materiality was determined as follows:

MATERIALITY MEASURE

GROUP

PARENT COMPANY

Materiality for financial  
statements as a whole

We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that, 
individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of the users of these financial statements. We use materiality in determining the 
nature, timing and extent of our audit work.

Materiality threshold

£325,000, which is 0.25% of the  
Group’s revenue. 

£130,000 which was 40% of Group 
materiality and the lower of our capped 
materiality and 1% of the parent  
company’s total assets at the planning  
stage of the audit (£169,000). 

Significant judgements  
made by auditor in 
determining the materiality

In determining materiality, we made the 
following significant judgements:

In determining materiality, we made  
the following significant judgements:

•  We determine revenue to be the most 

appropriate benchmark for the Group  
due to this having importance in both 
external financial reporting and internal 
management reporting. This is a key  
driver of business activity and is a  
measure on which growth is monitored.
•  A market-based measurement percentage 

was chosen which reflected our knowledge 
from the risk assessment of the business.

We did not determine the materiality  
for the period ended 26 March 2022.

•  The primary objective of the parent 
company is to hold the investments  
in the Group undertakings, as well  
as to provide financing throughout  
the Group.

We did not determine the materiality  
for the period ended 26 March 2022.

Performance materiality used to 
drive the extent of our testing

We set performance materiality at an amount less than materiality for the financial  
statements as a whole to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the  
aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds materiality for the  
financial statements as a whole.

Performance materiality threshold

£211,000, which is 65% of 
financial statement materiality.

£85,000, which is 65% of 
financial statement materiality.

Significant judgements made 
by auditor in determining 
the performance materiality

Specific materiality

Specific materiality 

Communication of misstatements  
to the audit committee

Threshold for communication

In determining performance materiality, we made the following significant judgements for both 
the Group and Parent Company:
•  Our risk assessment procedures did not identify any significant changes in business  

objectives and strategy of the Group or Parent Company; and

•  We considered the findings identified as part of the review of the predecessor’s auditors work.
•  We assessed the effectiveness of the control environment from the procedures performed in 

the planning stage of the audit and did not identify any significant deficiencies.

We determine specific materiality for one or more particular classes of transactions, account 
balances or disclosures for which misstatements of lesser amounts than materiality for the 
financial statements as a whole could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements.

We determined a lower level of specific materiality for the following areas for both the Group 
and Parent Company:
• Related party transactions (excluding intercompany transactions); and
•  Directors’ remuneration.

We determine a threshold for reporting unadjusted differences to the audit committee.

£16,250 and misstatements below that 
threshold that, in our view, warrant 
reporting on qualitative grounds.

£8,000 and misstatements below that 
threshold that, in our view, warrant 
reporting on qualitative grounds.

The graph below illustrates how performance materiality interacts with our overall materiality and the tolerance for potential  
uncorrected misstatements.

Overall materiality – Group

Overall materiality – Parent company

Revenue 
£130m

FSM 
£325k, 0.25%

PM  
£211k  65%

TFPUM  
£114k, 35%

Group 
Materiality
£325k

FSM 
£130k, 40%

PM  
£85k, 65%

TFPUM  
£45k, 35%

KEY    FSM: Financial statements materiality PM: Performance materiality TFPUM: Tolerance for potential uncorrected misstatements

An overview of the scope of our audit

We performed a risk-based audit that 
requires an understanding of the Group’s 
and the parent company’s business and in 
particular matters related to:

Understanding the Group, its components, 
and their environments, including 
Group-wide controls

• The engagement team obtained an 

understanding of the Group and its 
environment, including Group-wide 
controls, and assessed the risks of material 
misstatement at the Group level; and

• The engagement team further considered 
the effect of the Group organizational 
structure on the scope of the audit and 
used this to inform our assessment of risk.

Identifying significant components

• In order to assess the risks identified, the 

engagement team performed an evaluation 
of identified components to assess the 
significant components and to determine 
the planned audit response based on a 
measure of materiality, calculated by 
considering the component’s significance 
as a percentage of the Group’s revenue, 
profit before taxation and total assets.

Type of work to be performed on  
financial information of parent and other 
components (including how it addressed  
the key audit matters)

• Of the Group’s components, we 

identified two of which, in our view, 
required an audit of their financial 
information using component materiality 
(full scope audit), either due to their size 
or their risk characteristics. As a result of 
this, we performed an audit of the 

financial statements of James Cropper 
Speciality Papers Limited and Technical 
Fibre Products Limited.

• We identified a single key audit matter, 
which is in relation to the valuation 
 that underpins the defined benefit 
obligation. The audit procedures 
performed in respect of these are detailed 
within the key audit matters section of 
our report.

• We performed specific audit procedures 
in respect of six components, being; the 
Parent Company (James Cropper Public 
Limited Company), Electro Fibre 
Technologies LLC, James Cropper 
Converting Limited, Tech Fibers Inc., 
Technical Fibre Products Inc. and TFP 
Hydrogen Products Limited.

• We performed analytical procedures at 
Group level over the remaining eight 
components. These procedures, together 
with the additional procedures outlined 
above, were designed to give us the audit 
evidence needed for our opinion on the 
Group financial statements as a whole.

Performance of our audit

In order to gain sufficient appropriate  
audit evidence to address the risks 
identified above, an audit of financial 
information was carried out at each 
individually significant reporting 
component: audits for Group reporting 
purposes were carried out at two  
significant components located in the 
United Kingdom. Additionally, specific 
audit procedures for Group reporting 
purposes were performed at a further  
six components.

Audit Approach 
Full-scope audit 
Specified audit procedures 
Analytical procedures 

No of 
Components 
2 
6 
8 

% coverage 
revenue 
74% 
13% 
13% 

% coverage 
total assets
64%
32%
4%

Other information

The other information comprises the 
information included in the annual report, 
other than the financial statements and  
our auditor’s report thereon. The directors 
are responsible for the other information 
contained within the annual report. 

Our opinion on the financial statements 
does not cover the other information and, 
except to the extent otherwise explicitly 
stated in our report, we do not express  
any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

Our responsibility is to read the other 
information and, in doing so, consider 
whether the other information is materially 
inconsistent with the financial statements 
or our knowledge obtained in the audit  
or otherwise appears to be materially 
misstated. If we identify such material 
inconsistencies or apparent material 
misstatements, we are required to 
determine whether there is a material 
misstatement in the financial statements 
themselves. If, based on the work we  
have performed, we conclude that there  
is a material misstatement of this other 
information, we are required to report  
that fact. 

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Our opinion on other matters 
prescribed by the Companies  
Act 2006 is unmodified

In our opinion, based on the work 
undertaken in the course of the audit:

•  the information given in the strategic 

report and the directors’ report for the 
financial year for which the financial 
statements are prepared is consistent  
with the financial statements; and

•  the Strategic Report and the Directors’ 

Report have been prepared in accordance 
with applicable legal requirements.

74

75

 
Matter on which we are required  
to report under the Companies  
Act 2006

In light of the knowledge and 
understanding of the Group and the parent 
company and their environments obtained 
in the course of the audit, we have not 
identified material misstatements in the 
Strategic Report or the Directors’ Report. 

Matters on which we are required to 
report by exception

We have nothing to report in respect of the 
following matters in relation to which the 
Companies Act 2006 requires us to report 
to you if, in our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not 
been kept by the parent company, or 
returns adequate for our audit have not 
been received from branches not visited 
by us; or

•  the parent company financial statements 
are not in agreement with the accounting 
records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ 

remuneration specified by law are not 
made; or

•  we have not received all the information 

and explanations we require for our audit. 

Responsibilities of directors

As explained more fully in the directors’ 
responsibilities statement set out on page  
70 the directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements  
and for being satisfied that they give a  
true and fair view, and for such internal 
control as the directors determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of 
financial statements that are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the 
directors are responsible for assessing the 
Group’s and the parent company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern, disclosing, 
as applicable, matters related to going 
concern and using the going concern basis 
of accounting unless the directors either 
intend to liquidate the Group or the parent 
company or to cease operations, or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the 
audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable 
assurance about whether the financial 
statements as a whole are free from  
material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s 
report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of 
assurance, but is not a guarantee that an 
audit conducted in accordance with  

Independent Auditor’s Report

ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. 

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error 
and are considered material if, individually 
or in the aggregate, they could reasonably 
be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of 
these financial statements.

Irregularities, including fraud, are  
instances of non-compliance with laws  
and regulations. The extent to which  
our procedures are capable of detecting 
irregularities, including fraud, is  
detailed below: 

•  We obtained an understanding of the  

legal and regulatory frameworks 
applicable to the parent company and  
the Group and the industries in which 
they operate. We determined that the 
most significant laws and regulations are 
the Companies Act 2006, UK-adopted 
international accounting standards, 
United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice and tax legislation  
in the jurisdictions in which the Group 
operates, including the application of 
local and overseas sales taxes. 

•  We obtained an understanding of how  
the parent company and the Group are 
complying with those legal and regulatory 
frameworks by making inquiries of 
management, those responsible for legal 
and compliance procedures and the 
company secretary. We corroborated  
our inquiries through our review of  
board minutes and papers provided to  
the Audit Committee.

•  We assessed the susceptibility of the 
parent company’s and the Group’s 
financial statements to material 
misstatement, including how fraud might 
occur. Audit procedures performed by 
the Group engagement team included:

–  Assessing the design and 

implementation of controls management 
has in place to prevent and detect fraud;

–  Obtaining an understanding of how 

those charged with governance 
considered and addressed the potential 
for override of controls or other 
inappropriate influence over the 
financial reporting process;

–  Challenging assumptions and 

judgements made by management in 
significant accounting estimates;

–  Identifying and testing journal entries, 
in particular any journals with unusual 
characteristics, to increase our testing in 
areas of higher risk identified during our 
audit; and

–  Designing audit procedures to 

incorporate unpredictability around the 
nature, timing or extent of our testing.

•  These audit procedures were designed  

to provide reasonable assurance that the 
financial statements were free from fraud 
or error. The risk of not detecting a 
material misstatement due to fraud is 
higher than the risk of not detecting  
one resulting from error and detecting  
irregularities that result from fraud is 
inherently more difficult than detecting 
those that result from error, as fraud may 
involve collusion, deliberate concealment, 
forgery or intentional misrepresentations. 
Also, the further removed non-
compliance with laws and regulations is 
from events and transactions reflected in 
the financial statements, the less likely we 
would become aware of it; 

•  The engagement partner’s assessment of 
the appropriateness of the collective 
competence and capabilities of the Group 
engagement team including consideration 
of the Group engagement team’s 
knowledge of the industry in which the 
Group operates, and the understanding 
of, and practical experience with, audit 
engagements of a similar nature and 
complexity through appropriate training 
and participation; and

•  We communicated relevant laws and 

regulations and potential fraud risks to all 
engagement team members and remained 
alert to any indications of fraud or 
non-compliance with laws and 
regulations throughout the audit.

A further description of our responsibilities 
for the audit of the financial statements is 
located on the Financial Reporting 
Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description 
forms part of our auditor’s report.

Use of our report

This report is made solely to the company’s 
members, as a body, in accordance with 
Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken 
so that we might state to the company’s 
members those matters we are required to 
state to them in an auditor’s report and for 
no other purpose. To the fullest extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or 
assume responsibility to anyone other than 
the company and the company’s members 
as a body, for our audit work, for this 
report, or for the opinions we have formed.

David White
Senior Statutory Auditor for and  
on behalf of Grant Thornton UK LLP
Statutory Auditor, Chartered Accountants
Manchester
23 August 2023

Group Statement of Comprehensive Income

James Cropper PLC 
Group Statement of Comprehensive Income

53 week period to   
1 April 2023   
£’000   

52 week period to 
26 March 2022 
£’000

129,664  

104,922   

Note   

2   

Revenue 

Provision for impairment reversal 

Other income 

Changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress 

Raw materials and consumables used 

Energy costs 

Employee benefit costs 

Depreciation and amortisation 

Other expenses 

Operating Profit 

Fair value movement on derivatives 

Interest payable and similar charges 

Interest receivable and similar income 

Profit before taxation 

Tax expense 

Profit for the period 

Earnings per share - basic and diluted 

Other comprehensive income

Profit for the period 

Items that are or may be reclassified to profit or loss 

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations 

Pulp hedge fair value adjustment 

Cash flow hedges – effective portion of changes in fair value 

Cash flow hedges – cost of hedging 

Foreign tax adjustment 

Items that will never be reclassified to profit or loss 

23   

4   

4   

2   

3   

3   

4   

5   

6   

15,17   

15   

Retirement benefit liabilities – actuarial (losses) / gains  

20   

Deferred tax on actuarial losses / (gains) on retirement benefit liabilities 

Other comprehensive (expense) / income for the period 

Total comprehensive (expense) / income for the period  
attributable to equity holders of the Company 

134   

650   

817   

(48,556 ) 

(15,162 ) 

(34,459 ) 

(4,278 ) 

(25,471)   

3,339   

(330 )  

(1,697 ) 

1   

1,313  

(797 ) 

516   

5.4 p 

516   

222   

-   

1,040   

(355 ) 

-   

(3,888 ) 

972   

(2,009 ) 

(1,493 ) 

184 

744 

385

(39,577 )

(7,428 )

(30,535 )

(4,051 )

(20,960 )

3,684 

-

(924 )

17 

2,777 

(1,419 )

1,358 

14.2p

1,358  

49 

(501 )

10 

-

(13 )

4,777 

(179 )

4,143 

5,501  

76

77

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements
The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

 
   
 
   
  
   
   
   
    
    
   
    
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
Statement of Financial Position

Statement of Cash Flows

James Cropper PLC 
Statement of Financial Position

Assets 

Goodwill 

Intangible assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Right-of-use assets 

Investments in subsidiary undertakings 

Other financial assets 

Deferred tax assets 

Total non-current assets 

Inventories 

Trade and other receivables 

Provision for impairment 

Other financial assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Corporation tax 

Total current assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Other financial liabilities 

Loans and borrowings 

Total current liabilities 

Long-term borrowings 

Retirement benefit liabilities 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

15 

21 

13 

14 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

18 

20 

Contingent consideration on business acquisition  16 

21 

22 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Equity 

Share capital 

Share premium 

Translation reserve 

Reserve for own shares 

Cash flow hedging reserve 

Cost of hedging reserve 

Retained earnings 

Total shareholders’ equity 

Total equity and liabilities 

Group as at    

Group as at   
1 April 2023   
£’000   

26 March 2022    Company as at   
1 April 2023   
£’000   

Restated   
£’000   

Note 

Company as at 
26 March 2022 
Restated 
£’000

1,264   

1,524   

32,717   

6,765   

-   

654   

4,198   

47,122   

18,304   

24,763   

(643 ) 

428   

7,679   

815   

51,346   

98,468   

21,106   

58   

1,758   

22,922   

22,515   

16,140   

1,423   

3,403   

43,481   

66,403   

2,389   

1,588   

775   

(1,407 ) 

1,040   

(355 ) 

28,035   

32,065   

98,468   

1,264   

1,584   

30,551   

7,358   

-   

-   

3,534   

44,291   

17,593   

21,906   

(777 ) 

-   

7,750   

1,838   

48,310   

92,601   

20,936   

6   

1,595   

22,537   

18,449   

13,130   

578   

3,393   

35,550   

58,087   

2,389   

1,588   

553   

(1,407 ) 

-   

-   

31,391   

34,514   

92,601   

-   

788   

1,758   

402   

7,350   

654   

4,118   

15,070   

-   

53,991   

-   

428   

3,506   

582   

58,507   

73,577   

7,465   

58   

217   

7,740   

13,019   

16,140   

-   

112   

29,271   

37,011   

2,389   

1,588   

-   

(1,407 ) 

1,092   

(355 ) 

33,259   

36,566   

73,577    

-

769

1,630

343

7,350

-

3,459

13,551

-

54,749

-

-

4,011

968

59,728

73,279

16,324

6

133

16,463

7,904

13,130

-

123

21,157

37,620

2,389

1,588

-

(1,407 )

-

-

33,089 

35,659

73,279

The Parent Company reported a profit for the period ended 1 April 2023 of £4,042k  (2022: £4,554k). 
The financial statements on pages 66 to 118 were approved by the Board of Directors on 23 August 2023 and were signed on its behalf by:

M A J Cropper 
Chairman 
Company Registration No: 30226

James Cropper PLC 
Statement of Cash Flows

For the period ended 1 April 2023  (2022: for the period ended 26 March 2022)

Cash flows from operating activities  

Profit for the period 

Adjustments for: 

Tax expense 

Depreciation and amortisation 

Earn out adjustment on contingent consideration on business acquisition 

Net IAS 19 pension adjustments within profit 

Past service pension deficit payments 

Foreign exchange differences 

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets 

Interest receivable and similar income 

Interest payable and similar charges 

Share based payments 

Fair value movements on derivatives 

Changes in working capital: 

Increase in inventories 

Increase in trade and other receivables 

Increase in trade and other payables 

Tax received 

Net cash generated from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 

Purchase of intangible assets 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment 

Deferred consideration on business acquisition paid 

Contingent consideration on business acquisition paid 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 

Proceeds from issue of new loans 

Repayment of borrowings 

Fees paid on raising finance  

Repayment of lease liabilities 

Interest received 

Interest paid 

Non-deliverable forward contract payment 

Payments on interest rate cap 

Purchase of own shares 

Dividends paid to shareholders 

Net cash generated from financing activities 

Net (decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents 

Effects of exchange rate fluctuations on cash held 

Net (decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at the start of the period 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period 

Cash and cash equivalents consists of: 

Cash at bank and in hand 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period 

Note 

Group 2023   
£’000   

Group 2022  
Restated 
£’000

516   

1,358

5 

4 

4 

4 

3 

3 

10 

16 

16 

18 

18 

18 

7 

797   

4,278   

986   

442   

(1,665 ) 

(136 ) 

(589 ) 

(1 ) 

1,697   

(59 ) 

330   

(696 ) 

(3,614 ) 

2,396   

868   

5,550   

(1,126 ) 

(5,267 ) 

-  

(250 ) 

(6,643 ) 

5,050   

(288 ) 

-   

(1,561 ) 

1   

(858 ) 

(330 ) 

(495 ) 

-   

(897 ) 

622  

(471 ) 

400   

(71 ) 

7,750   

7,679   

7,679   

7,679   

1,419

4,051

-

914

(1,443 )

-

-

(17 )

926

(107 )

-

(2,103 )

(5,942 )

5,945

(972 )

4,029

(56 )

(6,142 )

(400 )

-

(6,598 )

9,191

(3,123 )

(278 )

(1,170 )

17

(709 )

-

-

(256 )

(236 )

3,436

867

118

985

6,765

7,750

7,750

7,750

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

78

79

 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of Changes in Equity

Statement of Changes in Equity

James Cropper PLC 
Statement of Changes in Equity - Group

James Cropper PLC 
Statement of Changes in Equity - Company

All figures in £’000 

At 27 March 2021  
- as previously reported 
Restatement - note 28 

Share   
capital    premium   

Share    Translation   
reserve   

    Reserve   

Cost of   
for Own    Hedging   
reserve   

Shares   

2,389   

1,588   

504   

(1,151 ) 

-   

-   

-   

-   

At 27 March 2021 - Restated    

2,389      

1,588      

504      

(1,151 )    

Comprehensive income  
for the period

Total other comprehensive income 

Dividends paid 

Purchase of own shares 

Share based payment charge 

Total contributions by and 
distributions to owners of the Group

 -    

 -    

 -    

-    

 -    

 -    

-    

 -    

-                      49                 

-    

-    

-    

-    

 -    

 -   

 -    

 -   

 -   

-   

-   

(256 ) 

-   

(256 ) 

At 26 March 2022 - Restated 

2,389   

1,588   

553   

(1,407 ) 

-   

-   

Comprehensive income 
for the period

Total other comprehensive income 

Dividends paid 

Share based payment charge 

Total contributions by and 
distributions to owners of the Group

-   

-   

 -   

 -   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-    

Cash flow 

Hedging    Retained   
earnings   

reserve   

Total 

501   

26,070   

29,901 

-   

(300 ) 

(300 )

501      

25,770       29,601 

-        

1,358           1,358 

(501 ) 

4,595   

4,143

-   

-   

-    

-   

-   

-   

(236 ) 

-   

(96 ) 

(236 )

(256 )

(96 )

(332 ) 

(588 ) 

31,391   

34,514

       516   

516 

-   

-   

-      

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

222                

 -   

(355 ) 

1,040   

(2,916 ) 

(2,009 )

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

(897 ) 

(59 ) 

(897 )

(59 )

(956 ) 

(956 ) 

Share   
Share   
capital    premium   

Reserve   
Cost of   
for Own    Hedging   
reserve   

Shares   

Cash flow 
Hedging   
reserve   

Retained 
earnings   

Total 

All figures in £’000 

At 27 March 2021 

2,389   

1,588   

(1,151 ) 

Comprehensive income for the period   

-    

 -    

Total other comprehensive income 

 -                     -                 

Dividends paid 

Share based payment charge 

Purchase of own shares 

Total contributions by and 
distributions to owners of the Group

  -    

-   

  -    

   -    

 -    

-   

 -    

 -   

 -   

-   

-   

-   

(256 )  

(256 ) 

At 26 March 2022 

2,389   

1,588   

(1,407 ) 

Comprehensive income for the period 

-   

-   

Total other comprehensive income 

-                    -   

Dividends paid 

Share based payment charge 

Total contributions by and 
distributions to owners of the Group

 -   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

24,253   

27,079

-        

4,554            

4,554

4,614   

(236 ) 

(96 ) 

-   

(332 ) 

4,614

(236 )

(96 )

(256 )

(588 ) 

33,089   

35,659

-   

-   

-    

 -   

-   

-   

-   

       4,042   

(355 ) 

1,092   

(2,916 ) 

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

(897 ) 

(59 ) 

(956 ) 

4,042

(2,179 )

(897 )

(59 )

(956 ) 

At 1 April 2023 

2,389   

1,588               (1,407 ) 

(355 ) 

1,092   

33,259   

36,566

At 1 April 2023 

2,389   

1,588              

775   

(1,407 ) 

(355 ) 

1,040   

28,035   

32,065

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

80

81

 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1  Accounting policies

The principal accounting policies adopted 
in the preparation of these financial 
statements are set out below. These policies 
have been consistently applied to all the 
years presented, unless otherwise stated.

Statement of compliance

These financial statements are 
consolidated financial statements for  
the Group consisting of James Cropper 
PLC, a company registered in the UK,  
and all its subsidiaries. The consolidated 
financial statements have been prepared  
in accordance with UK adopted 
international accounting standards and 
with those parts of the Companies Act 
2006 applicable to companies reporting 
under IFRS. The financial statements of 
the parent company have been prepared in 
accordance with Financial Reporting 
Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure 
Framework (“FRS 101”) and the following 
disclosure exemptions have been adopted:

• A statement of cash flows has not  

been presented; and

• An analysis of revenue from contracts 
with customers has not been given.

Basis of preparation

The accounting “year” for the Group is a 
53 week accounting period ended 1 April 
2023 (2022: 52 week accounting period 
ended 26 March 2022).

The consolidated financial statements 
have been prepared on a going concern 
basis under the historical cost convention 
except for the revaluation of certain 
financial instruments to fair value. 

In determining the appropriate basis of 
preparation, the impact of the energy 
crisis and other inflationary pressures 
have been the major considerations.

The financial statements are presented in 
Pounds Sterling, being the currency of 
the primary economic environment in 
which the Group operates. All values are 
rounded to the nearest thousand pounds, 
except where otherwise indicated.  

On publishing the parent company 
financial statements here together with 
the Group financial statements, the 
Company is taking advantage of the 
exemption in s408 of the Companies  
Act 2006 not to present its individual 
Statement of Comprehensive Income  
and related notes that form a part of  
these approved financial statements. 

Going concern

The Board has concluded that it is 
appropriate to adopt the going concern 
basis, having undertaken a rigorous 
assessment of the financial forecasts for 
the 2-year period ending 31 March 2025 
with specific consideration to the trading 
position of the Group in the context of 
the current inflationary pressures and 
energy costs. Stress tests and sensitivities 
have been performed on the forecast 
including any impact on covenants. 

The Directors, after reviewing the 
Group’s operating forecasts, investment 
plans and financing arrangements, 
consider that the Group and company 
will have sufficient funds to continue to 
meet their liabilities as they fall due for at 
least 12 months from the date of approval 
of the financial statements and therefore 
have prepared the financial statements on 
a going concern basis. 

Accordingly, the Directors are  
satisfied that it is appropriate to adopt  
the going concern basis in preparing  
the Annual Report and Accounts.   

Basis of consolidation

The financial statements of the Group 
consolidate the accounts of the parent 
company and all of its subsidiaries.   
All subsidiaries have a reporting date  
1 April 2023.

All transactions and balances between 
Group companies are eliminated on 
consolidation, including unrealised gains 
and losses on transactions between  
Group companies. Where unrealised losses 
or intra-group asset sales are reversed on 
consolidation, the asset is also tested for 
impairment from a Group perspective. 

Amounts reported in the financial 
statements of subsidiaries have been 
adjusted where necessary to ensure 
consistency with the accounting policies  
of the Group. 

Profit or loss and other comprehensive 
income of subsidiaries acquired or disposed 
of during the year are recognised from the 
date of acquisition, or up to the effective 
date of disposal as applicable. 

(a)  Revenue recognition

Revenue represents income derived from 
contracts for the provision of goods or 
services by the Company and its 
subsidiary undertakings to customers in 
exchange for consideration in the ordinary 
course of the Group’s business. 

Upon approval by the parties to a 
contract, the contract is assessed to 
identify each promise to transfer either  
a distinct good or service, or a series  
of distinct goods or services that are 
substantially the same and have the same 
pattern of transfer to the customer. 

Revenue from the sale of goods is 
recognised when control of the goods have 
been transferred to the buyer. Goods are 
identified as products made from either 
natural fibres (e.g. paper or moulded paper 
products) or man-made fibres (e.g. highly 
technical nonwoven products made by the 
TFP division).  

Revenue is recognised when:

• the Group has transferred control to  

the buyer;

• all significant performance obligations 

have been met;

• the Group retains neither continuing 
managerial involvement nor effective 
control over the goods;

• it is probable that the economic benefits 
associated with the transaction will  
flow to the Group; and

• the amount of revenue can be  

measured reliably.

Transfer of control varies depending on 
the individual terms of the contract of 
sale. For sales in the UK, transfer of 
control occurs when the goods are 
despatched to the customer. However, for 
some international shipments, transfer of 
control occurs either upon loading the 
goods onto the relevant carrier or when 
the goods have arrived in the overseas 
port. The point of transfer of control for 
international shipments is dictated by the 
terms of each sale.

Although the majority of the group’s 
contracts with customers are not complex, 
with revenue being fixed for a specific 
quantity of goods, the Group has 
identified a number of contracts in which 
customers are given volume rebates and/or 
other promotional rebates based on 
quantities purchased over a contractually 
agreed period of time. Rebates payable  
to customers are contingent on the 
occurrence or non-occurrence of a future 
event, e.g. the customer meeting certain 
agreed criteria. Rebates are recorded using 
the most likely method (the single most 
likely amount in a range of possible 
consideration amounts). 

Management makes estimates on an 
ongoing basis, primarily based on current 
customer spending and historic data, in 
order to assess customer revenues and to 
calculate total rebates earned to be 
recorded as deductions from revenue. 
Where rebates are expected to be given to 
these customers, the rebates are quantified 
and charged directly to the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income over 
the period to which they relate and are 
recognised as a deduction from revenue.

Revenue is only recognised to the extent 
that it is highly probable that a significant 
reversal will not occur. A contract liability 
is recognised for expected volume 
discounts payable to customers in relation 
to sales made until the end of the 
reporting period. The estimated volume 
discount is revised at each reporting date.

(b)  Operating segments 

(d)  Foreign currencies

IFRS 8 Operating Segments requires that 
entities reflect the ‘management approach’ 
to reporting the financial performance of 
its operating segments. 

Management has determined the segments 
that are reported in a manner consistent 
with the internal reporting provided to 
the chief operating decision-maker, 
identified as the Executive Committee that 
makes strategic decisions. The committee 
considers the business principally via the 
four segments. Operating segments are 
those components of the Group that are 
engaged in providing a group of related 
products that are subject to risks and 
returns that are different to other 
operating segments. 

Geographical areas are components  
where the eventual product destination is 
in a particular geographic environment 
which is subject to risks and returns  
that are different from other such areas.  
Costs are allocated to segments based  
on the segment to which they relate. 
Central costs are recharged on an 
appropriate basis.

(c)  Emission quotas

The Group participates in the UK 
Emissions Trading Scheme. The Group 
has adopted an accounting policy which 
recognises the emission allowances as an 
intangible asset and an associated liability. 

The intangible asset is valued at the 
market price on the date of issue.  
The liability is valued at the market price 
on the date of issue up to the level of 
allocated allowances held. 

Should emissions exceed the annual 
allowance any excess of liability above  
the level of the allowances held is valued  
at the market price ruling at the Statement 
of Financial Position date and charged 
against operating profit. Allowances not 
utilised are maintained against a potential 
future shortfall. When allowances are 
utilised both the intangible asset and 
liability are amortised to the Statement  
of Comprehensive Income. 

Emission allowances are assessed  
annually for impairment based on  
latest market prices.

The consolidated financial statements  
are presented in Pounds Sterling, which is 
the Group’s presentation currency. 
Transactions in foreign currencies are 
translated at the foreign exchange rate 
ruling at the date of the transaction. 
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated 
in foreign currencies at the Statement of 
Financial Position date are translated at the 
foreign exchange rate ruling at that date. 
Foreign exchange differences arising on 
translation are recognised in the Statement 
of Comprehensive Income. 

Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are 
measured in terms of historical cost in a 
foreign currency are translated using the 
exchange rate at the date of the transaction. 

The assets and liabilities of foreign 
operations are translated at foreign 
exchange rates ruling at the Statement  
of Financial Position date. The revenues  
and expenses of foreign operations are 
translated at an average rate for the period 
where this rate approximates to the foreign 
exchange rates ruling at the dates of the 
transactions. Exchange differences arising 
from translation of foreign operations are 
taken directly to the translation reserve; 
they are released into the Statement of 
Comprehensive Income upon disposal.

The ineffective portion of gain or loss on 
foreign currency borrowings that are used 
to hedge a net investment in a foreign 
operation is recognised immediately in the 
Statement of Comprehensive Income.

(e)  Intangible fixed assets

Intangible assets are stated at cost less 
accumulated amortisation and 
accumulated impairments losses, if any.  
The following useful lives have been 
determined for intangible assets.

Trade secrets such as  
processes or unique recipes

Customer relationships 

Technology* 

Brands 

10 years 

10 years

10 years

 3 years

Computer software 

 3 – 10 years

* Internally developed hydrogen production 

technology related to platinum group 

materials coatings and electrolysis.

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

82

83

(f)  Property plant and equipment

(i)  Research & development tax credit 

Notes to the Financial Statements

Property, plant and equipment are stated 
at cost less accumulated depreciation and 
impairment losses.  Depreciation is 
provided on all property, plant and 
equipment, other than freehold land, at 
rates calculated to write off the cost less 
residual value of each asset evenly over its 
expected useful life, as follows:

Freehold buildings 

14 – 40 years

Plant and machinery  

2 – 20 years

Residual values and useful lives  
are reviewed annually. Land is  
not depreciated.

(g)  Impairment of assets

At each reporting date, the Group 
assesses whether there is any indication 
that an asset may be impaired. Where an 
indicator of impairment exists, the Group 
makes an estimate of recoverable amount.

Where the carrying value of an asset 
exceeds its recoverable amount the asset 
is written down to its recoverable 
amount. Recoverable amount is the 
higher of fair value less costs to sell  
and value in use and is deemed for an 
individual asset. If the asset does not 
generate cash flows that are largely 
independent of those from other assets  
or groups of assets, the recoverable 
amount of the cash generating unit to 
which the asset belongs is determined. 

Discount rates reflecting the asset specific 
risks and the time value of money are 
used for the value in use calculation.

(h)  Research and development

Research expenditure is recognised as an 
expense as incurred. Costs incurred on 
development projects (relating to the 
design and testing of new or improved 
products) are recognised as intangible 
assets when it is demonstrable that the 
asset will generate future economic 
benefits; it is the intention to complete  
the intangible asset so that it will be 
available for use or sale; adequate 
resources are available to complete the 
development; the asset can be used or sold; 
it is technically feasible to complete the 
asset; and the expenditure attributable to 
the asset during development can be 
reliably measured.

Other development expenditures are 
recognised as an expense as incurred. 
Development costs with a finite useful life 
that have been capitalised are amortised 
from the commencement of the 
commercial production of the product  
on a straight-line basis over the period  
of its expected benefit.

Research and development expenditure 
credit (RDEC) is recognised within other 
operating income on an accrual basis.

(j)  IFRS 16 ‘Leases’

The Group leases various warehouses, 
machinery, production lines and motor 
vehicles. Lease terms are negotiated on an 
individual basis and contain a range of 
different terms and conditions. The lease 
agreements do not impose any covenants, 
but leased assets may not be used as 
security for borrowing purposes.

Assets and liabilities arising from a  
lease are initially measured on a present 
value basis. Lease liabilities are secured  
on the assets leased. Lease liabilities 
include the net present value of the 
following lease payments:

(i)  fixed payments (including in-

substance fixed payments), less  
any lease incentives receivable;

(ii)  variable lease payments that are  

Depreciation is provided on all right-of-
use assets at rates calculated to write off 
the cost less residual value of each asset 
evenly over the lease term. 

There are no short term leases and leases 
of low-value assets are recognised on a 
straight-line basis as an expense in the 
statement of consolidated income.  
The Group has no leases with variable 
payments.

(k)  Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost 
and net realisable value. The cost of 
finished goods and work in progress 
comprises design costs, raw materials, 
direct labour, other direct costs and 
related production overheads (based on 
normal operating capacity). It excludes 
borrowing costs. Net realisable value is 
the estimated selling price in the ordinary 
course of business, less applicable variable 
selling expenses. Engineering spares are 
included within inventories.

based on an index or rate;

(l)  Grants

(iii) amounts expected to be payable by the 
lessee under residual value guaranteed;

(iv) the exercise price of a purchase option 
if the lessee is reasonably certain to 
exercise that option; and

(v)  payments of penalties for terminating 
the lease, if the lease term reflects the 
lessee exercising that option.

The lease payments are discounted using 
the interest rate implicit in the lease.  
If that rate cannot be determined, the 
lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is 
used, being the rate that the lessee  
would have to pay to borrow the funds 
necessary to obtain an asset of similar 
value in a similar economic environment 
with similar terms and conditions.

The liability is subsequently stated at 
amortised cost using the effective interest 
rate method.

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost 
comprising the following:

(i)  the amount of the initial measurement 

of the lease liability;

(ii)  any lease payments made at or before 
the commencement date less any lease 
incentives received;

(iii) any initial direct costs; and

(iv) restoration costs.

Right-of-use assets are subsequently 
carried at cost less accumulated 
depreciation and impairment losses. 

Capital grants are credited to a deferral 
account and released to income over the 
expected useful lives of the relevant assets. 
Grants of a revenue nature are credited to 
the Statement of Comprehensive Income 
in the period to which they relate.

(m) Investments in subsidiary 
undertakings and amount owed  
by Group undertakings

Investments in subsidiary undertakings 
are stated at cost less any impairment  
in value.

Amounts owed by Group undertakings 
are recognised initially at fair value and 
are subsequently carried at amortised cost 
using the effective interest method, less 
any impairment.

(n)  Trade receivables

Trade receivables are recorded at their 
initial transaction price after appropriate 
revision for impairment. A provision  
for impairment is calculated using an 
expected credit loss impairment model.

Under this impairment model approach, 
per IFRS 9, it is not necessary for a credit 
event to have occurred before credit losses 
are recognised. Instead, an entity accounts 
for expected credit losses and changes in 
those expected credit losses. The amount 
of expected credit losses is updated at each 
reporting date. 

To measure expected credit losses the 
Group refers to historical credit loss 
experiences and adjust for current and 
forward looking information on 
macroeconomic factors affecting the 
group’s customers including the state of 
the economy and industrial specific 
factors in countries where the group 
operates. Trade receivables are held at 
amortised cost using the effective interest 
method, less any impairment.

(o)  Trade payables

Trade payables are stated at their fair 
value. Trade payables are subsequently 
stated at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method.

(p)  Other income

Other income includes the research and 
development expenditure credit (RDEC), 
royalties received and grants received for 
funded projects.

(q)  Hedge Accounting

Cash flow hedge:

Where a derivative financial instrument  
is designated as a hedge of the variability 
in cash flows of a recognised asset or 
liability the effective part of any gain  
or loss on the derivative financial 
instrument is recognised in other 
comprehensive income. Any ineffective 
portion of the hedge is recognised 
immediately in the Statement of 
Comprehensive Income.

Hedging relationships are classified as 
cash flow hedges where the hedging 
instrument hedges exposure to variability 
in cash flows that is attributable either  
to a particular risk associated with a 
recognised asset or liability such as 
interest payments or variable rate debt.

(r)  Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash in 
hand, deposits held at call with banks, 
other short-term highly liquid investments 
with original maturities of three months or 
less, and bank overdrafts.  

Bank overdrafts are shown as borrowings 
within current liabilities on the Statement 
of Financial Position. 

Bank overdrafts that are repayable on 
demand and form an integral part of the 
Group’s cash management are included as  
a component of cash and cash equivalents 
for the purpose only of the Statement of 
Cash Flows.

Notes to the Financial Statements

(s)  Borrowing costs

Borrowings are recognised initially at fair 
value, net of transaction costs incurred.  
Borrowings are subsequently stated at 
amortised cost; any difference between 
the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and 
the redemption value is recognised in the 
Statement of Comprehensive Income over 
the period of the borrowings using the 
effective interest method.  

(t)  Interest

Interest is recognised in the Statement of 
Comprehensive Income on an accruals 
basis using the effective interest method.

(u)  Share based payments  
and Own Shares Held

The Group operates an equity settled 
share based payment scheme: A Long-
Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) for certain 
Directors and senior managers. 

The Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) holds 
shares for the granting and vesting of 
shares under the LTIP scheme. The cost of 
purchasing and transferring own shares 
held by the EBT are shown as movements 
against equity.

The EBT is not treated as an extension  
of the parent and is therefore not included 
in the parent’s individual accounts and  
is only consolidated in the group 
accounts. The costs of purchasing own 
shares held by the EBT are shown as a 
deduction within shareholders’ equity  
in the consolidated statement of changes 
in equity. 

The Group recognises an expense to the 
Statement of Comprehensive Income 
representing the fair value of outstanding 
equity settled share-based payment 
awards to employees which have not 
vested as at the period end.

The fair values are charged to the 
Statement of Comprehensive Income over 
the relevant vesting period adjusted to 
reflect actual and expected vesting levels.

The Group and Company manage the 
capital structure and adjust this in light of 
the changes in the economic conditions and 
risk associated with the underlying assets. 
In order to maintain or adjust the capital 
structure, the Group and Company may 
adjust the amount of any dividend paid  
to the shareholders, return capital to the 
shareholders, issues new shares, or sell 
assets to reduce debt. Details of borrowings 
can be seen in note 18 and shares can  
be referred to in note 22. The Group and 
Company are not subject to any externally 
imposed capital requirements. There have 
been no material changes in the 
management of capital during the period.

(w) Taxation 

Tax on the Statement of Comprehensive 
Income for the year comprises current  
and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the 
Statement of Comprehensive Income, 
according to the accounting treatment of 
the related transaction.

Deferred tax is provided on temporary 
differences between the carrying amounts 
of assets and liabilities for financial 
reporting purposes and the amounts used 
for taxation purposes. 

The following temporary differences are 
not provided for: the initial recognition of 
goodwill; the initial recognition of assets 
or liabilities that affect neither accounting 
nor taxable profit other than in a business 
combination, and differences relating to 
investments in subsidiaries to the extent 
that they will probably not reverse in the 
foreseeable future. 

The amount of deferred tax provided is 
based on the expected manner of 
realisation or settlement of the carrying 
amount of assets and liabilities, using tax 
rates enacted or substantively enacted at 
the Statement of Financial Position date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to 
the extent that it is probable that future 
taxable profit will be available against 
which the asset can be utilised. 

 (v) Capital Management 

(x)  Retirement benefits

The Group and Company’s capital includes 
share capital, reserves and retained 
earnings. The Group and Company’s 
policies ensure the ability to continue as a 
going concern, in order to provide returns 
to the shareholders and benefits to other 
stakeholders. The Group and Company 
invest in financial assets that will provide an 
adequate level of return to the shareholders 
commensurate with the level of risk.

The Group operates various pension 
schemes.  The schemes are generally funded 
through payments to trustee-administered 
funds, determined by periodic actuarial 
valuations. The Group has both defined 
benefit and defined contribution plans.   
A defined benefit plan is a pension plan  
that defines an amount of pension benefit 
that an employee will receive on retirement.   
A defined contribution plan is a pension 
plan under which the Group pays  
fixed contributions.

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

84

85

 
Notes to the Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements

Where non-GAAP measures have been 
used, it is the belief of the Group that  
such measures help provide a clearer 
understanding of the underlying 
performance, removing the impact of 
exceptional items and IAS 19 adjustments 
that can distort core operating 
profitability of the Group and make  
year-on-year comparison of  
performance challenging. 

Non-GAAP measures should be 
considered in addition to, and are not 
intended to be a substitute for, or superior 
to, IFRS measures.

Exceptional items are material income  
or costs which derive from events or 
transactions which are unusual or 
infrequent in their nature and are 
disclosed separately in the notes to the 
financial statements.  

Exceptional items are presented in the 
statement of comprehensive income in the 
income or expense to which they relate.

(z)  Use of estimates and judgements

The preparation of financial statements  
in conformity with IFRS requires the use 
of estimates and judgements that affect  
the reported amounts of assets and 
liabilities at the date of the financial 
statements and the reported amounts  
of revenue and expenses during the 
reporting period.

Although these estimates are based  
on management’s best knowledge of  
the amount, event or actions, actual 
results ultimately may differ from  
those estimates.

The Group’s key sources of significant 
estimates are as detailed below:

(i)  Retirement benefits

IAS 19 Employee Benefits requires the 
Group to make assumptions including, 
but not limited to, rates of inflation, 
discount rates and life expectancies. 

The use of different assumptions, in any  
of the above calculations, could have a 
material effect on the accounting values of 
the relevant statement of financial position 
assets and liabilities which could also 
result in a change to the cost of such 
liabilities as recognised in profit or loss 
over time. 

These assumptions are subject to periodic 
review. The Group takes specialist advice 
and seeks to follow the most appropriate 
method, applied consistently from year  
to year. 

See note 20 for additional information  
and a sensitivity analysis highlighting  
the impact of a change in variables.

(ii)  Contingencies

The Group have identified that the historical 
valuation of the defined benefit pension 
obligation did not capture the potential 
additional liabilities arising in relation to the 
normal retirement dates for male and female 
members of the Staff Scheme. 

An estimate of the additional liability was 
included in the financial statements since 
year ended 31 March 2019. An allowance of 
0.15% of liabilities has been included in the 
valuation. If the ultimate impact is greater or 
lesser, the difference will be taken as an 
experience adjustment through the Other 
Comprehensive Income in the relevant year. 

The impact on the liability as at 1 April 2023 
for a range of reasonable sensitivities is set 
out below. 

Scheme Liabilities 

All figures in £’000

0.005% 

0.015% 

0.025% 

89,216

89,305

89,394

The liability recognised in the Statement of 
Financial Position in respect of defined 
benefit pension plans is the present value of 
the defined benefit obligation at the 
Statement of Financial Position date less 
the fair value of plan assets. The defined 
benefit obligation is calculated annually by 
independent actuaries using the projected 
unit credit method. 

The present value of the defined benefit 
obligation is determined by discounting 
the estimated future cash flows using 
interest rates of high-quality corporate 
bonds that are denominated in the 
currency in which the benefits will be  
paid, and that have terms to maturity 
approximating to the terms of the related 
pension liability. 

If there is a net surplus on the schemes,  
the defined benefit of the asset is measured 
at the economic benefit, calculated as the 
difference between the expected value of 
future service costs to the Staff Scheme  
and the total contributions required  
from the Company under the Schedule  
of Contributions. 

If a material surplus occurs, the Company 
will seek external legal advice to  
determine whether the Company has  
an unconditional right to a refund of 
surplus in the future.

Actuarial gains and losses arising from 
experience adjustments and changes in 
actuarial assumptions are recognised in  
the period in which they occur outside  
of Statement of Comprehensive Income  
in the Statement of Changes in Equity.

Past service costs are recognised 
immediately in income, unless the changes 
to the pension plan are conditional on the 
employees remaining in service for a 
specified period of time (the vesting 
period).  In this case, the past-service costs 
are amortised on a straight-line basis over 
the vesting period.

For defined contribution plans, the  
Group pays agreed contributions to the 
schemes.  The Group has no further 
payment obligations once the contributions 
have been paid.  The contributions are 
recognised as an employee benefit expense 
when they are due.

(y)  Non-GAAP performance measures

In the reporting of financial information, 
the Group has adopted certain non-
GAAP measures of historical or future 
financial performance, position or cash 
flows other than those defined or specified 
under International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRS).

2  Segmental reporting

IFRS 8 Operating Segments requires that 
entities adopt the ‘management approach’ 
to reporting the financial performance of 
its operating segments. 

Management has determined the segments 
that are reported in a manner consistent 
with the internal reporting provided to 
the chief operating decision maker, 
identified as the Executive Committee 
that makes strategic decisions. 

The committee considers the business 
principally via the four segments, 
principally based in the UK:

•  James Cropper Paper Products 

(Paper):  comprising James Cropper 
Speciality Papers, a manufacturer  
of specialist paper and boards, and 
James Cropper Converting, a  
converter of paper.

•  James Cropper 3D Products 

(ColourformTM) – a manufacturer  
of moulded fibre products.

•  Technical Fibre Products (TFP) – a 
manufacturer of advanced materials.

•  Group Services – comprises central 
functions providing services to the 
subsidiary companies.

“Eliminations” refers to the  
elimination of inter-segment  
revenue, profit and investments. 

“Adjusted Operating Profit before 
exceptional items and IAS 19” refers to 
operating profit prior to exceptional items 
and the IAS 19 pension adjustment. 

The “IAS 19 pension adjustment” refers  
to the impact on operating profit of the 
pension schemes’ operating costs, as 
described in the IAS 19 section of the 
Financial Review. 

Inter-segment transactions are performed 
in the normal course of business and at 
arm’s length.

Operating Segments 
Period ended 1 April 2023

All figures in £’000 

 Paper   

Colourform TM 

TFP   

Group   
Services   

    Continuing 
Eliminations    Operations 

Revenue

External 

Segment Profit

Adjusted Operating (Loss) / Profit 
before exceptional items and IAS 19 

Exceptional costs 

IAS 19 Pension adjustments to profit 

88,151   

88,151   

4,326   

37,187   

4,326   

37,187   

-   

-   

(2,847 ) 

(1,057 ) 

9,244   

(642 ) 

-   

-   

-   

-   

(986 ) 

-   

-   

(442 ) 

Operating (Loss) / Profit 

(2,847 ) 

(1,057 ) 

8,258   

(1,084 ) 

-   

-   

69   

-   

-   

69   

Fair value movement on derivatives 

Interest payable and similar charges 

Interest receivable and similar income 

Profit before tax 

Tax expense 

Profit for the period  

Total Assets 

Total Liabilities 

69,590   

67,627   

5,133   

68,482   

15,795   

56,874   

73,577   

37,011   

(118,314 ) 

(110,904 ) 

129,664 

129,664 

4,767 

(986 )

(442 )

3,339 

(330 ) 

(1,697 )

1

1,313 

(797 )

516   

98,468  

66,403  

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

86

87

 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Notes to the Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements

Operating Segments 
Period ended 26 March 2022

All figures in £’000 

 Paper   

Colourform TM 

TFP   

Group   

    Continuing 
Services    Eliminations    Operations 

Revenue

External 

Segment Profit

Adjusted Operating (Loss) / Profit 
before exceptional items and IAS 19 

Exceptional costs 

IAS 19 Pension adjustments to profit 

70,350   

70,350   

3,363   

31,209   

3,363   

31,209   

-   

-   

-   

-   

104,922 

104,922 

 (2,338)   

(754 ) 

8,684   

(993 ) 

(14 ) 

4,585 

-   

 -   

-    

-   

(354 ) 

-   

-   

(547 ) 

-   

-   

(14 ) 

Operating (Loss) / Profit 

(2,338 ) 

(754 ) 

8,330   

(1,540 ) 

Interest payable and similar charges 

Interest receivable and similar income 

Profit before tax 

Tax expense 

Profit for the period  

Total Assets - Restated 

Total Liabilities - Restated 

71,146   

65,782   

5,066    

62,981   

68,536   

(115,128 ) 

14,556   

52,501   

32,877   

(107,629 )  

(354 )

(547 )

3,684 

(924 )

17

2,777 

(1,419 )

1,358 

92,601 

58,087 

The Group’s country of domicile is the UK. Revenue from external customers is based on the customer’s location. Non-current assets  
are based on the location of the assets and exclude financial assets, deferred tax assets and post-employment benefit net assets.

All figures in £’000 

UK 

Europe 

US 

Asia 

Rest of the Americas 

Australasia 

Africa 

Total 

Revenues from  
external customers  

Non-current assets 
excluding deferred tax

2023   

53,517   

35,986   

27,209   

10,997   

966   

762   

227   

2022   

41,193   

29,091   

22,240   

11,114   

294   

851   

139   

2023   

37,424   

-   

4,846   

-   

-   

-   

-   

2022

36,225

-

4,532

-

-

-

-

129,664   

104,922   

42,270   

40,757

All figures in £’000 

Additions to non-current assets 

Paper    Colourform TM 

3,717   

277   

TFP   

1,051   

Group  
Services   

734   

Total 

5,779

3 Finance Costs

Finance costs include costs in respect of interest payable on borrowings and our defined benefit pension schemes.  
Finance income includes interest received from short term deposits.

All figures in £’000 

Finance costs 

Interest payable on bank borrowings 

Interest payable in relation to lease liabilities 

Net finance costs arising on defined benefit schemes 

Other finance charges 

Fair value adjustment on contingent consideration 

Fair value adjustments on derivatives 

Total finance costs 

Finance income 

Finance income in respect of cash and short term investments 

Total finance income 

Net finance costs 

4 Profit before taxation

All figures in £'000 
The following items have been charged / (credited) in arriving at profit before tax: 

Employee benefit costs 

Depreciation and amortisation:

- Property, plant and equipment 

- Right-of-use assets 

- Intangible assets 

Other income: 

- Research and development tax credits 

- Royalty income 

- Storage 

- Government grants received 

Other expenses: 

- Repairs and maintenance expenditure on property, plant and equipment 

- Environmental taxation 

- Distribution costs 

- Administration costs 

- Sales and marketing costs 

- Research and development expenditure 

- Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets 

- Foreign exchange differences 

- Earn-out adjustment on contingent consideration on business acquisition 

Provision for impairment reversal – Trade receivables 

2023   

2022

705   

268   

345   

127   

109   

143   

1,697   

1   

1   

1,696   

Note 

2023   

23 

34,459   

10 

11 

9 

3,065   

1,008   

205   

(338 ) 

-   

(5 ) 

(307 ) 

6,326   

2,089   

4,869   

7,504   

1,314   

3,207   

(589 ) 

(235 ) 

986   

(134 ) 

260

209

367

12

76

-

924

17

17

907

2022

30,535

3,063

802

186

(555 )

(37 )

-

(152 )

4,991

1,121

4,448

6,031

1,093

2,896

 -

(90 )

354

(184 )

Government grants relate to assistance received for research projects and the development of new technology.

Services Provided by the Group’s Auditor and network firms 

During the year the Group obtained the following services from the Group's auditor at costs as detailed below:

All figures in £’000 

Audit Services 

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of parent Company and consolidated accounts 

Remuneration payable to the Company’s auditor for the auditing of 
subsidiary accounts and associates of the Company pursuant to legislation 
(including that of countries and territories outside Great Britain) 

Other non-audit services 

2023   

2022

98   

250   

348   

10   

36 

92  

128 

-

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

88

89

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Notes to the Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements

5 Taxation

Analysis of charges in the period.

All figures in £’000 
Continuing operations 

Current tax  

Adjustments in respect of prior period current tax  

Total current tax  

Deferred tax  

Adjustments in respect of prior period deferred tax  

Effects of changes in tax rate 

Total deferred tax 

Tax per Statement of Comprehensive Income  

Tax on items charged to other comprehensive income 

 Note   

Group   
2023   

Group 
2022 

419   

70   

489   

179   

76   

53   

308   

797   

298

250

548 

264

(38 )

645

871

1,419

21   

6 Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated on the Group profit for the period attributable to equity shareholders of £516k (2022: £1,358k)  
divided by 9.6m (2022: 9.6m), being the weighted average number of shares in issue during the year.

Diluted earnings per share reflects any commitments made by the Group to issue shares in the future. The weighted average number of 
ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. Current share options would be vested 
by awarding shares already in existence and held within the Group. At 1 April 2023 there were no potential dilutive share options 
outstanding (2022: nil). 

2023   

Earnings   
 £’000   

Weighted   
average   
number   
of share   
‘000   

516   

9,555   

Earnings attributable to 
ordinary shareholders

Basic and diluted EPS 

516   

9,555   

2022   

Earnings   
£’000   

Weighted 
average 
number   
of share   
‘000   

Amount 
per share 
pence

1,358   

9,555   

14.2 

1,358   

9,555   

14.2

Amount   
per share   
pence   

5.4   

5.4   

Deferred tax on actuarial gains on retirement benefit liabilities  

(972 ) 

179

Tax on items charged to equity 

Deferred tax on share options 

10   

(8 )

7 Dividends

All figures in £’000 

The tax for the period is higher (2022: higher) than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19% (2022: 19%).

The differences are explained below:

All figures in £’000 
Continuing operations 

Profit before tax  

Profit on ordinary activities multiplied by rate 
of corporation tax in the UK of 19% (2022: 19%) 

Effects of: 

Adjustments to tax in respect of prior period 

Changes to tax rates 

Deferred tax on share options 

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 

Deferred tax not recognised in overseas jurisdictions 

Other  

Total tax charge for the period 

Group   
2023    

Group 
2022

1,313    

2,777

249    

146   

53   

64    

309    

15   

(39 )  

797   

528

212

645

11

115

(72 )

(20 )

1,419

Final paid for the period ended 26 March 2022  / 27 March 2021 
Interim paid for the period ended 1 April 2023 / 26 March 2022 

Total dividends paid in the year 

Final dividend per share for the period ended 26 March 2022  / 27 March 2021 

Interim dividend per share for the period ended 1 April 2023  / 26 March 2022 

2023    

2022 

708   
189   

897   

7.5 p 

2.0 p 

-   

236 

236 

 -

2.5 p

In addition, the Directors are proposing a final dividend in respect of the period ended 1 April 2023 of 4.0p per share  
(2022: 7.5p per share) which will absorb an estimated £378k (2022: £708k) of shareholders’ funds. 

If approved by members at the Annual General Meeting, it will be paid on or before 20 October 2023 to shareholders who are on the 
register of members at 8 September 2023. There are no tax implications in respect of this proposed dividend.

The proposed dividend is not accounted for until it is formally approved at the Annual General Meeting.

8 Goodwill

All figures in £'000 

Cost and carrying value

At 26 March 2022 / 27 March 2021 

At 1 April 2023 / 26 March 2022 

Group

Company

2023 

2022 

2023 

2022

1,264 

1,264 

1,264 

  -   

1,264 

                       - 

-  

 - 

Goodwill arose on the acquisition of PV3 Technologies Ltd (now known as TFP Hydrogen Products Ltd) by Technical Fibre Products 
Ltd on 18 January 2021.

The Group is required to test, on an annual basis, whether goodwill has suffered any impairment. The recoverable amount is determined 
based on value in use calculations. The use of this method requires the estimation of future cash flows and the determination of a discount 
rate in order to calculate the present value of the cash flows. The recoverable amounts have been determined from value in use calculations 
based on cash flow projections from formally approved budgets covering the three year period to 31 March 2026.  The discount rate used 
to calculate value in use was 17% and the long-term growth rate used to calculate the terminal value was 2%. The present value exceeds 
the carrying amount and no impairment has been suffered. There is no reasonable possible change in key assumptions that would lead to 
an impairment charge at the reporting date.

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

90

91

 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
  
   
    
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements

9 Intangible assets

Group 

All figures in £’000 

Software  

Costs    Secrets    Relationships    Technology    Brands    Allowances    Total

Computer   Development   

Trade   

Customer   

Emission 

Cost 

At 26 March 2022 

Additions 

4,334  

231  

Transfer to property, plant and equipment 

(6 ) 

Disposals/surrender of allowance 

(229 ) 

Derecognition of fully amortised assets 

- 

457   

310   

567   

359   

31   

570    6,628

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

(310 ) 

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

567   

359   

At 1 April 2023 

4,330  

457   

Aggregate amortisation 

At 26 March 2022 

Charge for Period 

Transfer to property, plant and equipment  

Derecognition of fully amortised asset 

Disposals 

At 1 April 2023 

Net book value at 1 April 2023 

Net book value at 26 March 2022 

4,135  

110  

4  

-  

(229 ) 

4,020  

310  

199  

456   

310   

1   

-   

 - 

-   

457   

-   

1   

-   

-   

(310 ) 

-   

-   

-   

-   

69   

57   

-   

-   

-   

126   

43   

37   

-   

-   

-   

80   

441   

279   

498   

316   

-   

-   

-   

(31 ) 

-   

31   

-   

-   

(31 ) 

-   

-   

-   

-   

3,145    3,376

-   

(6 )

(3,221 )  (3,520 )

-   

(341 )

494    6,207

-    5,044

-   

-   

-   

-   

205

4

(341 )

(229 )

-    4,683

494    1,524

570    1,584

Group 

All figures in £’000 

Software   

Costs    Secrets    Relationships    Technology    Brands    Allowances    Total

Computer    Development   

Trade   

Customer   

Emission 

Cost 

At 27 March 2021 

Additions 

Disposals/surrender of allowances 

4,278   

457   

310   

567   

359   

31   

802   

6,804

56   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

2,567   

2,623

(2,799 ) 

(2,799 )

At 26 March 2022 

4,334   

457   

310   

567   

359   

31   

570   

6,628

Aggregate amortisation 

At 27 March 2021 

Charge for Period 

At 26 March 2022 

4,068   

67   

4,135   

Net book value at 26 March 2022 

199   

Net book value at 27 March 2021 

210   

456   

 - 

456   

1   

1   

310   

-   

310   

-   

-   

12   

57   

69   

7   

36   

43   

5   

26   

31   

-   

-   

-   

4,858

186

5,044

Company 

All figures in £’000 

Cost 
At 26 March 2022 

Additions 

Transfer to property, plant and equipment  

Disposals/surrender of allowances 

At 1 April 2023 

Aggregate amortisation 

At 26 March 2022 

Charge for Period 

Transfer to property, plant and equipment 

Disposals 

At 1 April 2023 

Computer   

Emission   
Software    Allowances   

Total

4,764

3,360

(6)

570   

3,145   

-   

(3,221 ) 

(3,444 )

494   

4,674

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

3,995

110

4

(223 )

3,886

4,194   

215   

(6 ) 

(223 ) 

4,180   

3,995   

110   

4   

(223 ) 

3,886   

Net book value at 1 April 2023 

294   

494   

788

Net book value at 26 March 2022 

199   

570   

769

Company 

All figures in £’000 

Cost 
At 27 March 2021 

Additions 

Disposals/surrender of allowances 

Computer   

Emission   
Software    Allowances   

Total

4,941

2,623

4,138   

56   

-   

803   

2,567   

(2,800 ) 

(2,800)

At 26 March 2022 

4,194   

570   

4,764

Aggregate amortisation 

At 27 March 2021 

Charge for Period 

At 26 March 2022 

3,928   

67   

3,995   

-   

-   

-   

3,928

67

3,995

Net book value at 26 March 2022 

199   

570   

769

498   

316   

-   

570   

1,584

Net book value at 27 March 2021 

210   

803   

1,013

555   

352   

26   

802   

1,946

The computer software capitalised principally relates to the ongoing development of the Group’s Enterprise Resource Planning  
and Financial systems. 

The Emission Allowances relate to the allowances received through the UK Emissions Trading Scheme (UKETS) and are valued  
at market value at the date of initial recognition. The allocated allowances are held throughout each compliance period and are used  
to meet the Group’s emissions obligations.

Customer Relationships, Technology and Brands were assets acquired through the purchase of TFP Hydrogen Products Ltd  
by Technical Fibre Products Ltd on 18 January 2021. 

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

92

93

 
   
   
  
    
    
    
 
  
    
    
    
 
  
  
    
    
    
 
  
  
    
    
    
 
 
   
   
   
    
    
   
   
    
    
   
  
   
    
    
   
  
   
    
    
   
 
 
   
    
  
   
    
 
 
 
   
    
  
   
    
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements

10 Property plant and equipment

Group

All figures in £’000 

Cost  

Note 

Freehold land   
& buildings   

Plant &   
machinery   

Assets under 
construction1   

Total

Company

All figures in £’000 

Cost  

Freehold land   
& buildings   

Note 

Plant & 
machinery   

Total

At 26 March 2022 - restated 

28 

                 15,243            

94,250                          2,896     

112,389 

At 26 March 2022 - restated 

28   

1,694   

2,548   

4,242

Transfers  

Transfer from Intangible assets 

Additions at cost 

Disposals 

Effects of movements in foreign exchange 

                         48               

2,497   

(2,545 ) 

 -                       

6   

 -                  

 - 

6 

                         74               

3,681                        

 1,512          

5,267 

 -   

(474 ) 

 -                  

263    

 -   

-            

(474 )

263 

At 1 April 2023 

15,365   

100,223   

1,863   

117,451

Accumulated Depreciation 

At 26 March 2022 - restated 

Charge for period 

Transfers 

Transfer from Intangible assets 

Disposal 

28 

                    7,970            

73,868    

4 

                       347               

2,718   

(201 ) 

               201    

 -   

 -   

(4 ) 

(260 ) 

-       

81,838 

 -          

3,065

-    

 -   

 -   

- 

(4 )

(260 )

Effects of movements in foreign exchange 

 -                    

95    

 -               

95 

At 1 April 2023 

8,116   

76,618   

-   

84,734   

Net book value at 1 April 2023 

Net book value at 26 March 2022 

7,249   

7,273   

23,605   

20,382   

1,863   

32,717 

2,896   

30,551

1 Assets under construction comprise the expenditure to date on a new gas compressor.

Group

All figures in £’000 

Cost  

Notes 

Freehold land   
& buildings   

Plant &   
machinery   

Assets under 
construction1   

Total

At 27 March 2021 - as previously reported 

                 14,963            

90,112                          6,694     

111,769 

Restatement2 

28  

 -   

(2,298 ) 

 -   

(2,298 )

At 27 March 2021 - restated 

                 14,963            

87,814                          6,694     

109,471 

Transfers  

Transfers to right-of-use assets3 

11 

 -               

6,694   

 -   

(3,337 ) 

(6,694 ) 

 - 

-   

(3,337 )

Additions at cost 

                       280               

2,965                          2,896          

6,141 

Effects of movements in foreign exchange 

 -                  

114    

-             

114

At 26 March 2022 

Accumulated Depreciation  

15,243   

94,250   

2,896   

112,389

At 27 March 2021 - as previously reported 

                    7,678            

73,395    

-       

81,073 

Restatement2 

At 27 March 2021 - restated 

Charge for period 

At 26 March 2022 

Net book value at 26 March 2022 

Net book value at 27 March 2021 

 28 

                       -   

(2,298 )  

4 

7,678   

292   

7,970   

7,273   

7,285   

71,097   

2,771   

73,868   

20,382   

16,717   

-   

-   

-   

-   

(2,298 )

78,775

3,063

81,838

2,896   

30,551 

6,694   

30,696

1 Assets under construction comprise the expenditure to date on an embosser and a gas compressor.
2 The restatement relates to the correction of an overstatement of cost and accumulated depreciation identified relating to plant  

& machinery with a nil effect on net book value.

3 Assets transferred to right-of-use assets are assets held under finance leases. 

Transfers 

Transfers to Intangible assets 

Additions at cost 

At 1 April 2023 

Accumulated Depreciation 

At 26 March 2022 - restated 

Transfers 

Transfers to Intangible assets 

Charge for period 

At 1 April 2023 

Net book value at 1 April 2023 

Net book value at 26 March 2022 

Company

All figures in £’000 

Cost  

At 27 March 2021 - as previously reported 

Restatement2  

At 27 March 2021 - restated 

Additions at cost 

At 26 March 2022 

Accumulated Depreciation 

At 27 March 2021 - as previously reported 

Restatement2  

At 27 March 2021 - restated 

Charge for period 

At 26 March 2022 

Net book value at 26 March 2022 

Net book value at 27 March 2021 

28 

14   

-   

74   

(14 ) 

6   

200   

-

6

274

1,782   

2,740   

4,522

552   

10   

-   

22   

584   

1,198   

1,142   

2,060   

2,612

(10 ) 

(4 ) 

134   

-

(4 )

156

2,180   

2,764

560   

488   

1,758   

1,630

Freehold land   
& buildings   

Note 

Plant & 
machinery   

28   

28   

1,694   

-   

1,694   

-   

1,694   

530   

-   

530   

22   

552   

1,142   

1,164   

Total

4,503

(266 )

4,237

5

2,809   

(266 ) 

2,543   

5   

2,548   

4,242

2,199   

(266 ) 

1,933   

127   

2,060   

488   

610   

2,729

(266 )

2,463

149

2,612

1,630   

1,774

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

94

95

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
  
  
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
  
  
Notes to the Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements

11 Right-of-use assets

Group

All figures in £’000 

Cost  

At 26 March 2022 

Additions 

Disposals 

Effects of movements in foreign exchange 

At 1 April 2023 

Accumulated Depreciation 

At 26 March 2022 

Charge for the period 

Disposals 

Effects of movements in foreign exchange 

At 1 April 2023 

Net book value at 1 April 2023 

Net book value at 26 March 2022 

All figures in £’000 

Cost  

At 27 March 2021 

Additions 

Transfers from property, plant & equipment1 

Disposals 

RoU reassessments 

Effects of movements in foreign exchange 

At 26 March 2022 

Accumulated Depreciation 

At 27 March 2021 

Charge for the period 

Disposals 

At 26 March 2022 

Net book value at 26 March 2022 

Net book value at 27 March 2021 

Plant, 
equipment  
 buildings    & vehicles   

Land &   

Note 

Total

3,944   

5,651   

9,595

26   

-   

167   

255   

(47 ) 

-   

281

(47 )

167

4,137   

5,859   

9,996

979   

423   

-   

24   

1,258   

585   

(38 ) 

-   

2,237

1,008

(38 )

24

1,426   

1,805   

3,231

2,711   

4,054   

6,765

2,965   

4,393   

7,358

4 

Plant, 
equipment  
 buildings    & vehicles   

Land &   

Note 

Total

10 

4 

3,585   

222   

-   

-   

37   

100   

2,182   

5,767

304   

526

3,337   

3,337

(172 ) 

(172 )

-   

-   

37

100

3,944   

5,651   

9,595

586   

393   

-   

979   

2,965   

2,999   

1,021   

1,607

409   

(172 ) 

802

(172 )

1,258   

2,237

4,393   

7,358

1,161   

4,160

1 Assets where ownership is transferred to the Group/Company upon completion of the lease liability are transferred into Property, 

plant and equipment (Note 10).

Company

All figures in £’000 

Cost  

At 26 March 2022 

Additions 

Disposals 

At 1 April 2023 

Accumulated Depreciation 

At 26 March 2022 

Charge for the period 

Disposals 

At 1 April 2023 

Net book value at 1 April 2023 

Net book value at 26 March 2022 

All figures in £’000 

Cost  

At 27 March 2021 

Additions 

Disposals 

At 26 March 2022 

Accumulated Depreciation 

At 27 March 2021 

Charge for the period 

Disposals 

At 26 March 2022 

Net book value at 26 March 2022 

Net book value at 27 March 2021 

Note 

Plant, 
equipment  
    & vehicles   

Total

538   

245   

(47 ) 

736   

195   

177   

(38 ) 

334   

402   

343   

538

245

(47 )

736

195

177

(38 )

334

402

343

Note 

Plant, 
equipment  
    & vehicles   

Total

459   

251   

(172 ) 

538   

223   

144   

(172 ) 

195   

343   

236   

459

251

(172 )

538

223

144

(172 )

195

343

236

Total cash outflow of leases in the year was £1,561k. There were no expenses relating to variable lease payments not included in lease 
liabilities or expenses relating to short-term or low value assets. 

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

96

97

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
Notes to the Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements

12 Investments

Investments in subsidiary undertakings

All figures in £’000 

At 1 April 2023 and 26 March 2022 

Group   
2023   

-   

Group    
2022    

Company   
2023   

Company 
2022

-   

7,350   

7,350

Investments in subsidiary undertakings are stated at cost. A list of principal subsidiary undertakings is given below:

13 Inventories

All figures in £’000 

Materials 

Work in progress 

Finished goods 

Group   
2023   

7,251   

2,677   

8,376   

Group 
2022  

8,795

3,069

5,729

                   18,304   

17,593 

Company name 

Country of   
incorporation   

    Registered    % holding   
office     of ordinary   
shares   

(see below)   

Direct or 
indirect 
holding 

James Cropper Speciality Papers Limited 

England   

(i ) 

100   

Direct

James Cropper (Guangzhou) Trading Co Limited  China   

(iii ) 

100   

Indirect 

James Cropper Converting Limited 

England   

James Cropper 3D Products Limited 

England   

Technical Fibre Products Limited 

England   

TFP Hydrogen Products Limited 

England   

Tech Fibers Inc 

Technical Fibre Products Inc 

Metal Coated Fibers Inc 

Electro Fiber Technologies LLC 

USA   

USA   

USA   

USA   

James Cropper EBT Limited 

England   

Melmore Limited 

England   

James Cropper Paper Limited  

England   

The Paper Mill Shop Company Limited 

England   

James Cropper Overseas Trading Limited  

England   

(i ) 

(i ) 

(i ) 

(i ) 

(ii ) 

(ii ) 

(ii ) 

(ii ) 

(i ) 

(i ) 

(i ) 

(i ) 

(i ) 

Nature of business

Manufacturer of  
specialist paper and board

Sales and marketing  
organisation

Paper converter

Manufacturer of  
moulded fibre products

Manufacturer of  
advanced materials

Manufacturer of  
electrochemical materials

100   

Direct

100   

Direct 

100   

Direct 

100   

Indirect 

100   

Indirect

Holding company

100   

Indirect 

100   

Indirect 

100   

Indirect 

Sales and marketing  
organisation

Manufacturer of metal 
coated carbon fibres

Manufacturer of metal 
coated fibres

100   

Direct

Dormant company

100   

Direct

Dormant company

100   

Direct

Dormant company

100   

Direct

Dormant company

100   

Direct

Marketing organisation

Inventories are stated after a provision for impairment of £1,576k (2022: £1,308k).

The cost of inventories recognised as expenses and included in raw materials and consumables used, changes in inventories of finished 
goods and work in progress, energy costs, employee benefit costs and other expenses for the year ended 1 April 2023 was £93,383k  
(2022: £76,383k).

The Company does not hold any inventories.

14 Trade and other receivables

All figures in £’000 

Trade receivables  

Less: Provision for impairment of receivables 

Trade receivables – net 

Amounts owed by Group undertakings 

Other receivables 

Prepayments 

Group   
2023   

21,646   

(643 ) 

21,003   

-   

914   

2,203   

24,120   

Group    
2022    

Company   
2023   

Company 
2022

18,555   

(777 ) 

17,778   

-   

-   

-   

-    

52,197   

945   

2,406   

910   

884   

21,129   

53,991   

-

-

-

52,468

929

1,352

54,749

The carrying value of trade and other receivables classified at amortised cost approximates fair value.

The Group does not hold any collateral as security.

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss provision  
for trade receivables. To measure expected credit losses on a collective basis, trade receivables are grouped based on similar credit risk  
and ageing.

The expected loss rates are based on the Group’s historical credit losses experienced. The historical loss rates are then adjusted for  
current and forward-looking information on macroeconomic factors affecting the Group’s customers. The Group has identified the  
current state of the economy and industry specific factors as the key macroeconomic factors in the countries where the Group operates.

Amounts owed by Group undertakings include loans of £26,000k (2022: £27,519k) with a fixed term of one year with an interest charge 
of 3.2% (2022: 3.6%) per annum. Intercompany funding accounts of £20,867k (2022: £22,675k) and intercompany current accounts of 
£5,330k (2022: £2,274k) are settled within 30 days.

James Cropper Germany GmbH  

Germany   

(iv ) 

100   

Indirect

Dormant company

15 Other Financial Assets

(i)  Burneside Mills, Kendal, Cumbria, England, LA9 6PZ 

(ii)  679 Mariaville Road, Schenectady, NY 12306, USA 

(iii)  Level 54 Guangzhou IFC, 5 Zhujiang Road West, Zhujiang New Town, China 

(iv)  c/o DWF Germany Rechtsanwaltsgesellschaft mbH, Habsburgerring 2, 50674 Koln, Germany. 

All figures in £’000 

Interest Rate Cap 

Non-current asset 

Current asset 

Group   
2023   

Group   
2022   

Company   
2023   

Company 
2022  

                1,082    

-                    1,082   

                   654    

-                      

654    

                   428   

 -                      

428    

 - 

- 

- 

The loss arising in the Statement of Comprehensive Income on fair value hedging instruments was £143k (2022: £nil). The net gain arising in 
the Statement of Other Comprehensive Income on fair value hedging instruments was £737k (2022: £nil). 

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

98

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements

16 Trade and other Payables

All figures in £’000 

Trade payables  

Amounts owed to Group undertakings 

Other tax and social security payable 

Other payables 

Accruals 

Contingent consideration1 

Due within one year 

Group   
2023   

11,188   

-   

673   

1,114   

7,881   

250   

Group    
2022    

11,640   

-   

2,178   

687   

6,181   

250   

Company   
2023   

Company 
2022

1,179   

3,960   

141   

935   

1,249   

-   

2,724

11,777

382

352

1,089

-

21,106   

20,936   

7,464    

16,324

The fair values of trade and other payables approximate their carrying values presented.

All figures in £’000 

Contingent consideration1 

Due after one year 

Group   
2023   

   1,423   

             1,423   

Group    
2022    

Company   
2023   

Company 
2022

578   

578   

-   

-   

-

-

Deferred / contingent consideration 

Group 
Deferred consideration 

Group  
Contingent consideration

All figures in £’000 

Note 

2023   

Balance as at 26 March 2022 / 27 March 2021 

Payments made 

Earn-out adjustment 

Fair value adjustment 

Balance at 1 April 2023 / 26 March 2022  

Due after one year 

Due within one year 

4 

3 

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

2022    

397   

(400 ) 

-   

3   

2023   

828   

(250 ) 

986   

109   

-                    1,673   

-                    1,423   

-   

250   

2022

401

-

354

73

828

578

250

18 Borrowings

All figures in £’000 

Current  

Note 

Group   
2023   

Group    
2022    
Restated   

Company   
2023   

Company 
2022 
Restated

Bank loans and overdrafts due within one year or on demand: 

Unsecured bank loans1 

Lease liabilities 

Non-current loans 

Unsecured bank loans1 

Lease liabilities 

464   

1,294   

1,758   

16,933   

5,582   

22,515   

256   

1,339   

1,595   

11,966   

6,483   

18,449   

68   

149   

217   

12,797   

222   

13,019   

-

133

133

7,722

182

7,904

19.3 

19.3 

1 The bank loans bear interest rates between 1.95% and 2.75% above SOFRA or SONIA, where applicable.

Reconciliation of net cash flow to net debt

Group 

All figures in £’000 

26 March    
2022   
Restated   

Loans repayable within 1 year 

256   

Loans repayable after 1 year 

11,966   

12,222   

Lease liabilities repayable 
within 1 year

Lease liabilities repayable 
after 1 year

Total borrowings 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash    Non-cash   
additions   
flow   

Finance   
costs   

Interest   

Exchange  
paid    Reclassify    movement  

1 April  
2023

(288 ) 

5,050   

4,762   

1,339   

(1,561 ) 

-   

-   

-   

-   

816   

-   

816   

268   

(713 ) 

-   

(713 ) 

393   

(393 ) 

-   

-  

464

310  

16,933

310  

17,397

(116 ) 

1,364   

-  

1,294 

6,483   

-   

281   

-   

-   

(1,364 ) 

182  

5,582 

7,822   

(1,561 ) 

20,044   

7,750   

12,294   

3,201   

(471 ) 

3,672   

281   

281   

-   

281   

268   

1,084   

-   

(116 ) 

(829 ) 

-   

1,084   

(829 ) 

-   

-   

-   

-   

182  

492  

400  

6,876

24,273

7,679

92  

16,594

1  Contingent consideration is the fair value of earn out considerations on the acquisition of PV3 Technologies Ltd (now known as TFP 

Net Debt 

Hydrogen Products Ltd), based on the estimated future performance of the subsidiary against earn out targets. The actual performance of 
TFP Hydrogen Products for the period ended 1 April 2023 and 26 March 2022 exceeded expectations as at acquisition, resulting in an earn 
out payment falling due for payment in the following financial year which is presented within trade and other payables. In addition, future 
projections for the subsidiary have resulted in an increase in provision of further potential earn out payments. 

  The fair value is determined by discounting the expected payment to present value using a risk adjusted discount rate. Payment is dependent 
on achieving predetermined targets based on future performance and profitability. The key assumptions in assessing the fair value are that 
the business will perform in line with formally approved budgets for year-ending March 2024. A risk adjusted discount rate of 19% has been 
applied. Reasonable sensitivities have been assessed and a change in discount rates, or under or over performance in terms of achieving the 
key targets would have minimal impact on the current valuation. 

17 Other Financial Liabilities

Group and Company

All figures in £0’000 

Foreign exchange rate swaps for hedging 

Current liabilities 

Note 

19 

2023   

2022  

58   

58   

6

6

The liabilities are held at fair value. The net loss arising in the Statement of Other Comprehensive Income on fair value hedging  
instruments was £52k (2022: profit of £10k).

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

100

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
    
   
    
    
   
  
 
   
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements

19 Financial Instruments and Risk

The Group has exposure to the following risks from its use of financial instruments: Credit risk, Liquidity risk, Currency risk and Interest  
rate risk. This note presents information about the fair value of the Group’s financial instruments, the Group’s exposure to each of the risks  
noted and the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for measuring and managing risk. The Board has overall responsibility of the risk 
management strategy and coordinates activity across the Group. This responsibility is discussed further in the Directors’ report.  
Exposure to the financial risks noted, arise in the normal course of the Group’s business.

19.1 Financial instruments by category

The fair values of the financial assets and liabilities of the Group are as follows:

Group 
All figures in £’000 
Financial assets  
Non-Current 
Other financial assets 

Current 
Trade receivables 
Other receivables 
Other financial assets - Derivatives  
Cash and cash equivalents 

Financial liabilities 
Current 
Trade payables 
Other payables 
Accruals 
Contingent consideration  
Other financial liabilities - Derivatives 
Loans and borrowings  

Non-current 
Loans and borrowings  
Contingent consideration 

Fair value through   
profit or loss 

Note 

2023   

2022    

Amortised cost 
loans and receivables
2023    2022 - restated

15 

14 
14 
15 

16 
16 
16 
16 
17 
18 

18 
16 

654   
654   

-   
-   
428   
-   
428   

-   
-   
-   
250   
58   
-   
308   

-   
1,423   
1,423   

-   
-   

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   

-   
-   
-   
250   
6   
-   
256   

-   
578   
578   

-   
-   

21,003   
914   
-   
7,679   
29,596   

11,188   
1,114   
7,881   
-   
-   
1,758   
21,941   

22,515   
-   
22,515   

-
-

17,778
945
-
7,750
26,473

11,640
687
6,181
-
-
1,595
20,103

18,449
-
18,449

The fair values of the financial assets and liabilities of the Company are as follows:

Company 
All figures in £’000 
Financial assets  
Non-Current 
Other financial assets 

Current 
Amounts owed by Group undertakings 
Other receivables 
Other financial assets - Derivatives  
Cash and cash equivalents 

Financial liabilities 
Current 
Trade payables 
Amounts owed to Group undertakings 
Other payables 
Accruals 
Other financial liabilities - Derivatives 
Loans and borrowings  

Non-current 
Loans and borrowings  

Fair value through   
profit or loss 

Note 

2023   

2022    

Amortised cost 
loans and receivables
2023    2022 - restated

15 

14 
14 
15 

16 
16 
16 
16 
17 
18 

18 

654   
654   

-   
-   
428   
-   
428   

-   
-   
-   
-   
58   
-   
58   

-   

-   
-   

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   

-   
-   
-   
-   
6   
-   
6   

-   

-   
-   

52,197   
910   
-   
3,506   
56,613   

1,179   
3,960   
935   
1,249   
-   
217   
7,540   

-
-

52,468
929
-
4,011
57,408

2,724
11,777
352
1,089
-
133
16,075

13,019   

7,904

Financial instruments not measured at fair value includes cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, trade and other payables, 
and loans and borrowings. Due to their short term nature, the carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, 
and trade and other payables approximates their fair value. The table below analyses financial instruments carried at fair value, by 
valuation method.

Level 2: other techniques for which all inputs which have significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or 
indirectly. Fair value estimates of derivatives are based on relevant market information and information about the financial instruments 
which are subjective in nature. The fair value of these instruments is determined using widely accepted valuation techniques including 
discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows for each derivative. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivatives, 
including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including interest rate curves, spot and forward rates, as  
well as option volatility. To comply with provisions of IFRS 13, the Company incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately 
reflect both its own non-performance risk and the respective counterparty’s non-performance risk in the fair value measurements.  
In adjusting the fair value of its derivative contracts for the effect of non-performance risk, the Company has considered the impact of 
netting and any applicable credit enhancements such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts and guarantees.

All figures in £’000 

Financial assets (Group and Company) 
Derivatives 

Financial liabilities (Group and Company) 
Derivatives 

2023   
Level 2   

2023    
Total   

2022   
Level 2   

2022 
Total

1,082   

1,082   

58   

58   

-   

6   

-

6

The details below summarise the Company’s risk management positions to fluctuations in reasonably possible changes in the underlying 
benchmark prices, with all other variables held.

All figures in £’000 

-100bps   

-50bps   

Total Value
+0bps   

+50bps   

+100bps

Financial assets (Group and Company) 
Derivatives 

19.2 Credit risk

716   

898   

1,082   

1,266   

1,449

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty fails to meet its contractual obligations. The Group is 
exposed to credit risk from financial assets including cash and cash equivalents held at banks, and trade and other receivables. Credit risk 
arising from the Group’s normal commercial activities are controlled by individual business units operating in accordance with Group 
policies and procedures. The credit risk in respect of cash balances held by banks are managed by only engaging with major reputable 
financial institutions. Exposure to credit risk arises from the potential of a customer defaulting on their invoiced sales. Some of the  
Group’s businesses have credit insurance in place. For uninsured customers, the financial strength and credit worthiness of the customer  
is assessed from a variety of internal and external information, and specific credit risk controls that match the risk profile of those  
customers are applied. Ongoing credit risk is managed through regular review of ageing analysis, together with credit limits per customer. 
Trade receivables consist of a large number of customers in various industries and geographical areas. The Group does not hold any collateral 
relating to other financial assets at each annual reporting date. 

Trade receivables as at 1 April 2023 / 26 March 2022 were:

Group 
All figures in £’000 

James Cropper Speciality Papers 
James Cropper Converting 
James Cropper 3D Products 
Technical Fibre Products 

Trade receivables 
Provision for impairment on trade receivables 

The Company does not have trade receivables. 
The majority of trade receivables are covered by credit insurance.

2023   

11,408   
2,032   
1,112   
7,094   

21,646   
(643 ) 

21,003   

2022 

9,721
1,452
733
6,649

18,555
(777 )

17,778

All trade receivables have been reviewed under the expected credit loss impairment model and a provision of £643k (2022: £777k)  
has been recorded accordingly. The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses using a lifetime 
expected credit loss provision for trade receivables. The expected loss rates are based on the Group’s historical credit losses experienced. 
The historic loss rates are then adjusted for current and forward-looking information on macro-economic factors affecting the Group’s 
customers. The Group has identified gross domestic product (GDP) and unemployment rates of the countries in which the customers are 
domiciled to be the most relevant factors and accordingly adjust historical loss rates for expected changes in these factors. 

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

102

103

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
    
    
 
 
 
  
    
    
 
  
 
 
 
   
   
  
   
   
  
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
    
    
 
 
 
  
    
    
 
  
 
 
 
   
   
  
   
   
  
 
  
   
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements

However, given the short period exposed to credit risk, the impact of these macroeconomic factors has not been considered significant 
within each annual reporting period. Trade receivables are written off (i.e. derecognised) when there is no reasonable expectation 
of recovery. Specific provisions are made and if the case leads to court to claim the amounts due, this will be pursued, and then any 
remaining balances outstanding at this point will be written off. 

On the above basis the expected credit loss for trade receivables at 1 April 2023 and 26 March 2022 was determined as follows:

2023  
All figures in £’000 
Expected credit loss rate 
Gross carrying amount 
Lifetime expected credit loss 

2022  
All figures in £’000 
Expected credit loss rate 
Gross carrying amount 
Lifetime expected credit loss 

Trade Receivables days past due

More than   
30 days   

More than   
60 days   

6 % 
 1,990    
 123    

24 % 
 212    
 50    

More than

90 days   

Total

48 % 
 398    
 193    

3 %

 21,646 
 643

Trade Receivables days past due

More than   
30 days   

More than   
60 days   

6 % 
1,196    
76    

17 % 
377    
64    

More than

90 days   

Total

21 % 
334    
69    

4 %

18,554 
777 

Current  

1 % 
 19,046   
 277   

Current  

3 % 
 16,647    
 568    

Movements in provision for impairment on trade receivables are as follows:

Group

All figures in £’000 

At 26 March 2022 / 27 March 2021 

Decreased during the period 

Utilised during the period 

At 1 April 2023 / 26 March 2022 

Provision for impairment - Company disclosure:

Intra-group loan receivables are as follows:

All figures in £’000 

James Cropper Speciality Papers Limited 

James Cropper Converting Limited 

James Cropper 3D Products Limited 

Technical Fibre Products Limited 

Provision for impairment 

Net Intra-group loans 

Movements in provision for impairment on intra-group loan receivables are as follows: 

Company

All figures in £’000 

At 26 March 2022 / 27 March 2021 

Released during the period 

At 1 April 2023 / 26 March 2022 

2023   

777   

(134 ) 

-   

643   

2022  

961

(184 )

-

777

2023   

2022  

12,000   

12,000

3,000   

4,000   

7,000   

26,000   

-   

3,000

4,000

8,519

27,519

-

26,000   

27,519

2023   

-   

-   

-  

2022

260

(260 )

-

19.3 Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not have sufficient funds to meet liabilities. The Group’s policy is to maintain a mix of short, 
medium and long term borrowings with a number of banks. Short term flexibility is achieved through overdraft facilities. In addition, it is 
the Group’s policy to maintain undrawn committed borrowing facilities in order to provide flexibility in the management of liquidity.

Current and non- current financial liabilities

The maturity profile of the carrying amount of the current and non-current financial liabilities at 1 April 2023 / 26 March 2022 was as follows:    

Group 
All figures in £’000  

In less than one year 

In more than one year but not more than two years 

In more than two years but not more than five years 

11,418   

In more than five years 

5,200   

2023   

Lease   

2022   

Lease  

Debt    liabilities    Derivatives    Total    Debt    liabilities    Derivatives    Total

498   

517   

1,344   

1,062   

2,447   

2,694   

58    1,900   

-    1,579   

256   

370   

-    13,865   

6,567   

-    7,894   

5,307   

1,339   

1,222   

2,317   

2,944   

6    1,601

-    1,592

-    8,884

-    8,251

Company 
All figures in £’000  

In less than one year 

In more than one year but not more than two years 

In more than two years but not more than five years 

In more than five years 

17,633   

7,547   

58    25,238    12,500   

7,822   

6    20,328 

2023   

Lease   

2022   

Lease  

Debt    liabilities    Derivatives    Total    Debt    liabilities    Derivatives    Total

102   

-   

7,800   

5,200   

13,102   

160   

137   

92   

-   

389   

58   

-   

320   

137   

-   

-   

-    7,892   

2,693   

-    5,200   

5,307   

58   13,549   

8,000   

133   

92   

90   

-   

315   

6   

-   

139

92

-    2,783

-    5,307 

6    8,321

Trade payables

Trade payables at the reporting date was:

All figures in £’000 

Trade payables 

Total contractual cash flows 

Borrowing facilities

Group   
2023   

11,188   

11,188   

Group    
2022    

11,640   

11,640   

Company   
2023   

Company 
2022

1,179   

1,179   

2,074

2,074

The Group has the following undrawn committed borrowing facilities available at 1 April 2023 / 26 March 2022: 

All figures in £’000 

Expiring within one year 

Expiring after one year 

Group 2023   
 Floating rate    

3,500   

12,000   

Group 2022 
Floating rate

3,500

17,000

The Group’s expiry profile of the drawn down facilities is as follows:

All figures in £’000 

March 2024 

December 2026 

March 2030 

Group   
2023   

42   

4,500   

13,000   

17,542   

Group    
2022   

Company   
2023   

Company 
2022

-   

4,500   

8,000   

12,500   

42   

-   

13,000  

13,042   

-

-

8,000

8,000

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

104

105

 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
Notes to the Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements

19.4 Currency risk

The Group publishes its consolidated financial statements in sterling and has subsidiaries that operate in the United States of America and 
China. The group trades with certain debtors and creditors in foreign currencies. As a result, it is subject to foreign currency exchange risk 
arising from exchange rate movements which will be reflected in the Group’s transaction costs. 

The Group is exposed to foreign exchange risks primarily with respect to US Dollars and the Euro. Where possible, the Group maintains a 
policy of balancing sales and purchases denominated in foreign currencies. Where an imbalance remains, the group has entered into certain 
forward exchange contracts. 

Represented below is the net exposure to foreign currencies, reported in pounds sterling, and arising from all Group activities, as at  
1 April 2023.

 2023 - Group 
All figures in £’000 

Trade Receivables 

Trade Payables 

Net exposure  

USD   

4,342   

2,243   

2,099   

Euro   

Other   

5,034   

              84   

1,989                  

3,045   

4   

80   

Local 
Currency   

11,543   

6,952   

4,591   

At 26 March 2022 the Group's exposure to foreign currency risk was as follows: 

 2022 - Group 
All figures in £’000 

Trade Receivables 

Trade Payables 

Net exposure  

USD   

3,161   

2,503   

658   

Euro   

4,270   

1,201   

3,069   

Local

Other   

Currency   

-   

-   

-   

10,347   

7,936   

2,411   

This represents the net exposure to foreign currencies, reported in pounds Sterling, and arising from all Group activities.

At 1 April 2023, the Company’s exposure to foreign currency risk was as follows:

 2023 - Company 
All figures in £’000 

Trade Receivables 

Trade Payables 

Net exposure  

USD   

Euro   

Other   

-   

16   

(16 ) 

-   

8   

(8 ) 

-   

-   

-   

At 26 March 2022, the Company's exposure to foreign currency risk was as follows:

Local 
Currency   

-   

1,155   

(1,155 ) 

Local

 2022 - Company 
All figures in £’000 

Trade Receivables 

Trade Payables 

Net exposure  

USD   

Euro   

Other   

Currency   

-   

6   

(6 ) 

-   

13   

(13 ) 

-   

-   

-   

-   

2,705   

(2,705 ) 

Total

21,003

11,188

9,815

Total

17,778

11,640

6,138

Total

-

1,179

(1,179)

Total

-

2,724

(2,724 )

A one percent strengthening of the pound against the Euro and the US Dollar at 1 April 2023 / 26 March 2022 would have had the following 
impact on profit. 

All figures in £’000 

USD 

Euro 

Group

Company

Profit   
2023   

(23 ) 

(34 ) 

Profit   
2022   

(21 ) 

(30 ) 

Profit   
2023   

-   

-   

Profit 
2022

-

-

This sensitivity analysis is indicative only and it should be noted that the Group’s exposure to such market rate changes is continually 
changing. The calculations assume all other variables, remain constant.

19.5 Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk derives from the Group’s exposure to changes in value of an asset or liability or future cash flow through changes in interest 
rates. The Group finances its operations through a mixture of retained profit and bank borrowings. The Group borrows in the desired 
currencies at fixed or floating rates of interest. The exposure is measured on variable rate debt instruments. 

The net exposure to interest rates at the reporting date can be summarised as follows:

All figures in £’000 

Interest bearing liabilities - floating 

Borrowings 

Interest bearing liabilities - fixed 

Lease liabilities 

Interest bearing liabilities 

Group   
2023   

Group    
2022   

Company   
2023   

Company 
2022

        17,396              

12,222           

12,866            

7,722 

           6,877               

  7,822                 

370               

315 

     24,273          

20,044       

13,236        

8,037 

The effective interest rates as at 1 April 2023 / 27 March 2022 were as follows:

Bank overdraft  

Borrowings  

2023   
%   

3.5   

4.3   

2022 
%  

2.75

1.50 

The sensitivity analysis below assumes a 100 basis point change in interest rates from their levels at the reporting date, with all other 
variables held constant. A 1% rise in interest rates would result in an additional £43k for the Group and £nil for the Company in interest 
expense being incurred. The impact of a decrease in rates would be an identical reduction in the annual charge. 

Group 

1 April 2023 

26 March 2022  

Statement of comprehensive income 
£’000  

Company 

Statement of comprehensive income 
£’000  

43

125

1 April 2023 

26 March 2022 

-

 83

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

106

107

 
    
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
    
   
   
   
   
   
   
Notes to the Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements

19.6 Derivative contracts

Group and Company  
Derivative assets

All figures in £’000 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments 

Interest rate cap  

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments 

Total derivative financial assets 

Non-current portion 
Current portion 

Derivative liabilities

All figures in £’000 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments 

Forward foreign exchange contracts 

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments 

Total derivative financial liabilities 

Current portion 

2023   

2022 

                     1,082   

           1,082   

           1,082   

                       654   
                        428   

-

-

-

- 
-

Cash flow forward foreign exchange contracts

Foreign exchange risk arises when individual group operations enter into transactions denominated in a currency other than their functional 
currency. Where the risk to the Group is considered to be significant, Group treasury will enter into a matching forward foreign exchange 
contract with a reputable bank.

The hedging ratio is 1:1, with the Group committing to sell forward highly probable forecast Euro receipts to an equal value of the foreign 
exchange contracts.

The hedged forecast transactions denominated in foreign currency are expected to occur at various dates in the next 12 months. Gains and 
losses on the effective element of forward foreign exchange contracts as at 1 April 2023 (2022: 26 March 2022) are recognised in the group 
statement of comprehensive income and tracked separately in the period or periods during which the hedged forecast transactions affects the 
group statement of comprehensive income. This is expected to be within 12 months of the end of the financial year in respect of the forward 
currency contracts taken out as at 1 April 2023 (2022: 26 March 2022).

No ineffective portion of the forward foreign exchange contract was recognised in the group statement of comprehensive income in  
the period.

2023   

2022 

The effects of the cash flow forward foreign exchange contract hedging relationships are as follows as at 1 April 2023 / 26 March 2022:

58   

58   

58   

58   

6

6

6

6

All figures in £’000 

Carrying amount of the derivatives 

Change in fair value of the designated hedging instrument 

Change in fair value of the designated hedged item 
Notional amount 

2023   

2022 

58   

52   

(52 ) 
12,032   

6

6

(6 ) 
7,659

Maturity date 

18 March 2024    20 March 2023

The Group has elected to adopt the hedge accounting requirements of IFRS 9 Financial Instruments. The Group enters into hedge 
relationships where the critical terms of the hedging instrument and the hedged item match, therefore, for the prospective assessment 
of effectiveness a qualitative assessment is performed. Hedge effectiveness is determined at the origination of the hedging relationship. 
Quantitative effectiveness tests are performed at each period end to determine the continuing effectiveness of the relationship. In the 
instance where changes occur to the hedged item which result in the critical terms no longer matching, the hypothetical derivative 
method is used to assess effectiveness.

Cash flow interest rate cap

The Group has entered into a SONIA interest rate cap, with an effective date of 28 March 2022, to manage exposure to interest rate 
fluctuations. The Group has a floating rate liability with an interest profile linked to SONIA compounded in arrears. The Cap is set at 
1.5% per annum on a notional £15,000,000. The Cap helps to protect the Group from the risk of interest rates rising above the Cap Rate, 
limiting the Group’s exposure to higher interest rates.

The effects of the cash flow interest rate swap hedging relationships are as follows as at 1 April 2023 / 26 March 2022:

All figures in £’000 

2023   

2022  

Carrying amount of the derivatives 

Change in fair value of the designated hedging instrument 

Notional amount 

Maturity date 

                     1,083   

      1,083   

                   15,000   

30 March 2026   

-

-

-

- 

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

108

109

   
   
Notes to the Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements

20 Retirement benefits

The amounts recognised in the Statement of Financial Position (“SFP”) are determined as follows:

The Group operates a number of pension schemes.  Two of these schemes, the James Cropper PLC Works Pension Plan (“Works Scheme”) 
and the James Cropper PLC Pension Scheme (“Staff Scheme”) are funded schemes of the defined benefit type.  The Group also operates a 
defined contribution scheme and makes contributions to personal pension plans for its employees in the USA.

Pension costs for the defined contribution scheme and personal pension contributions are as follows:

All figures in £’000 

Defined contribution schemes 

Personal Pension contributions 

2023   

905   

97   

2022  

893

38

Other pension costs totalled £731k (2022: £732k) and represent life assurance charges, government pension protection fund levies  
and other current service costs.

Defined benefit plans

With effect from 1 April 2011 active members’ benefits were reduced such that future increases in pensionable salaries were restricted to a cap 
of 2% per annum. As from 1 April 2017 (Works Scheme) and 1 July 2017 (Staff Scheme) increases in pension once it is in-payment will be in 
line with the annual increase in CPI. 

The Staff and Works Schemes will remain defined benefit schemes but they will no longer be “final salary” schemes. The most recent actuarial 
valuations of the Staff Scheme and the Works Scheme were undertaken in 2022 by qualified independent actuaries.  The major assumptions 
used by the actuary for each scheme were as noted below.  The expected return on plan assets is calculated by using a weighted average across 
each category of asset:

All figures in % 

CPI Inflation assumption 

RPI Inflation assumption 

Rate of increase in pensionable salaries 

Discount rate 

Pension increases for in-payment benefits capped at 5%, with a 3% floor 

Pension increases for in-payment benefits capped at 2.5%, with a 0% floor 

Staff Scheme 

Works Scheme

2023   

2022    

2023   

2.95   

3.40   

1.70   

4.85   

3.75   

2.15   

3.30   

3.75   

1.80   

2.75   

3.90   

2.25   

2.95   

3.35   

1.70   

4.90   

3.50   

2.15   

2022

3.25

3.65

1.80

2.75

3.65

2.25

The mortality assumptions have been set in line with the best-estimate results of the Medically Underwritten Mortality study carried  
out as part of the ongoing 2022 actuarial valuation. 

In respect of mortality for the Works members the assumptions adopted at 28 March 2020 are 142% of the SAPS “S3” series table,  
with future improvements in line with the CMI core 2022 projection model with long-term trend improvements of 1.25% pa. 

For the Staff members the SAPS “S3” series table with a 142% rating has been used, with future improvements in line with the CMI  
core 2022 projection model with long term trend improvements of 1.25% pa. 

The long-term expected rate of return on cash is determined by reference to bank base rates at the SFP dates. 

The long-term expected return on bonds is determined by reference to UK long dated government and corporate bond yields at the  
SFP date. 

The long-term expected rate of return on equities is based on the rate of return on bonds with an allowance for out-performance. 

The method adopted for determining the discount rate has been selected as the most appropriate following specialist advice and the 
discount rate has been calculated based on a yield curve at an appropriate duration to the schemes’ liabilities. 

A decrease in the discount rate by 0.25% would increase the defined benefit obligations by 2.9% for the staff scheme and 3.5% for  
the works scheme.

Pension payments are not expected to peak until 2040, and expected to continue until 2080. 

All figures in £’000 

Defined benefit obligation (“DBO”) 

Fair value of assets (“FVA”) 

Deficit 

2023   

(89,305 ) 

73,165   

(16,140 ) 

2022   
Restated * 

(121,651 ) 

109,909   

2021   

Restated

(136,140 ) 

117,704   

2020   

2019 

(121,470 ) 

113,968   

(132,646 )

109,998

(11,742 ) 

(18,436 ) 

(7,502 ) 

(22,648 )

Effect of limit on recoverable surplus 

                            -    

(1,388 ) 

                        -    

(1,880 ) 

                      -   

Net liability recognised in the SFP 

(16,140 ) 

(13,130 ) 

(18,436 ) 

(9,382 ) 

(22,648 )

Staff Scheme 

Works Scheme 

Deficit 

(2,144 ) 

(13,996 ) 

(16,140 ) 

1,623   

(13,365 ) 

(1,383 ) 

(17,053 ) 

(11,742 ) 

(18,436 ) 

1,880   

(9,382 ) 

(7,502 ) 

(7,664 )

(14,984 )

(22,648 )

Effect of limit on recoverable surplus 

                            -    

(1,388 ) 

                        -    

(1,880 ) 

                      -   

Net liability recognised in the SFP 

(16,140 ) 

(13,130 ) 

(18,436 ) 

(9,382 ) 

(22,648 )

* Details of the restatement are included in note 28 to the financial statements. 

Overall, the combined funding position on an IAS19 measure for the combined schemes has worsened over the year from a deficit of £13.1m 
(after the allowance for the restriction of the surplus that appeared on the Staff Scheme as at 26 March 2022) to a deficit of £16.1m. The mean 
term of the liabilities of the Staff scheme as at 1 April 2023 was 11 years (26 March 2022: 14 years) and 14 years for the Works scheme  
(26 March 2022: 17 years). The key risks relating to the pension schemes can be found in the Pension Report on pages 18 to 20.  

The fair value of the plan assets comprises the following categories of asset in the stated proportions:

All figures in % 

Managed Growth 

Annuities 

Cash 

Matching Assets 

Staff Scheme 

Works Scheme

2023   

2022    

2023   

58.9   

3.5   

2.9   

 34.7  

71.1   

2.6  

1.3   

25.0  

58.6  

1.0   

2.5   

37.9   

2022 
Restated

72.9

0.9

1.1

25.1

The pension plan assets do not include any investments in the shares of the Company (2022: nil).  

Apart from the annuities and cash, the assets of the schemes are held in an unquoted investment fund managed by the schemes’ fiduciary 
manager and comprising combinations of the above assets. Within those funds, the indirect equity exposures are predominantly quoted. 
The assets in the Matching Assets captions holdings of cash and swaps, designed to match the sensitivity of the schemes to movements in 
long term interest rates and inflation expectations.

The amounts recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income are as follows:

All figures in £’000 

2023   

Total included within employee benefit costs - current service costs, past service costs and administration costs           974  

Interest income on plan assets 

Interest cost on the defined benefit obligation 

Interest cost on irrecoverable surplus 

Total included within interest 

Total 

2022  

1,203 

(2,300 )

2,667

-

367

(2,954 ) 

3,261   

38   

345   

1,319   

1,570

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

110

111

 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
Notes to the Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements

Analysis of the movement in the Statement of Financial Position liability

Sensitivity analyses

All figures in £’000  

At 26 March 2022 / 27 March 2021 

Total expense as above 

Contributions paid 

Actuarial (losses) / gains recognised in Other Comprehensive Income 

At 1 April 2023 / 26 March 2022 

2023   

2022  

(13,130 ) 

(1,319 ) 

2,197   

(3,888 ) 

(18,436 )

(1,570 )

2,099

4,777

 (16,140 ) 

(13,130 )

The actual return on plan assets was £32,849k deficit (2022: £3,056k deficit). The Schedule of Contributions in force required the company  
to make payments of £91k (2022: £119k) in contributions to the Staff Scheme and £1,193k (2022: £1,053k) in contributions to the Works Scheme 
during the 2024 financial year. Subsequent to the year end, the Schedule of Contributions was revised to require contributions of £111k  
to the Staff Scheme and £1,630k to the Works Scheme. This post year end revision does not result in any changes to the recognised assets  
and liabilities of the Schemes at year end.  The minimum funding requirement does not give rise to an additional liability under IFRIC 14. 

Following the April 2016 triennial valuation, a deficit recovery plan was agreed with the Trustees which included additional contributions  
of £1.4m per annum to reduce the past service deficits for nine years from 1 April 2017. The current ongoing valuation may change this profile  
once completed.

The cumulative amount of actuarial losses recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income, since the adoption of IAS 19, are £16,036k 
(2022: £12,148k).

All figures in £’000  

Works Scheme 
2023   
FVA   

2023   
DBO   

Staff Scheme 

2023   
FVA   

2023   
DBO   

Works Scheme 
2022   
FVA   

2022   
DBO   

Staff Scheme

2022   
FVA   

2022 
DBO

At 26 March 2022 / 27 March 2021 restated 

59,763   

(73,128 ) 

50,146   

(48,523 ) 

62,608   

(79,661 ) 

55,096   

(56,479 )

Interest income on plan assets 

1,600   

-   

1,354   

-   

1,267   

-   

1,033   

- 

Current service costs 

Benefits paid 

Contributions by plan participants 

Employer contributions 

Interest cost on the DBO 

Return on plan assets 

-   

(772 ) 

-   

(202 ) 

(182 ) 

(712 ) 

(41 ) 

(268 )

(4,097 ) 

4,097   

(2,324 ) 

2,324   

(2,098 ) 

2,098   

(4,895 ) 

4,895

257   

(257 ) 

1,739   

-   

72   

458   

(72 ) 

-   

272   

(272 ) 

1,477   

-   

106   

622   

(106 )

- 

-   

(1,955 ) 

-   

(1,306 ) 

-   

(1,610 ) 

-   

(1,057 )

(20,654 ) 

-   

(15,149 ) 

-   

(3,581 ) 

-   

(1,775 ) 

- 

Actuarial (loss)/gain on DBO  

 - 

19,411   

-   

11,078   

-   

7,029   

-   

4,492

At 1 April 2023 / 26 March 2022 

38,608   

(52,604 ) 

34,557   

(36,701 ) 

59,763   

(73,128 ) 

50,146   

(48,523 )

Experience adjustments

All figures in £’000 

Arising on plan assets 

Percentage of scheme assets 

Arising on plan liabilities 

Percentage of scheme liabilities 

2023   

2022   
Restated   

2021   

Restated

2020   

2019 

(35,803 ) 

(48.93 %) 

30,489  

34.14 % 

(5,356 ) 

(4.87 %) 

5,669   

4.82 % 

2,693   

2,503

2.36 % 

2.28 %

11,521   

(14,419 ) 

12,244   

(5,761 )

9.47 % 

(10.59 %) 

10.08 % 

(4.34 %)

The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on reasonable possible changes to the respective assumptions occurring at the 
end of the reporting period, while holding all other assumptions constant. The sensitivity analyses may not be representative of the actual 
changes in the net retirement benefits as it is unlikely that the changes in assumptions would occur in isolation of one another and some of 
the assumptions may be inter-related.

Current assumption 

Sensitivity  

£’000 

Effect on DBO

Staff Scheme  

Discount rate 

Price inflation 

4.85%pa 

3.40%pa (RPI)  

2.95%pa (CPI) 

0.25% decrease 

1,058 

0.25% increase 

Mortality 

142% of SAPS “S3” series table 

Increase in life expectancy of 1 year 

Works Scheme  

Current assumption 

Sensitivity  

£’000 

Effect on DBO

Discount rate 

Price inflation 

4.9%pa 

3.35%pa (RPI)  
2.95%pa (CPI) 

0.25% decrease 

1,832 

0.25% increase 

Mortality 

142% of SAPS “S3” series table 

Increase in life expectancy of 1 year 

+2.9%

+0.6%

+4.6%

+3.5%

+0.7%

+4.1%

226 

1,696 

353 

2,167 

21 Deferred taxation

The movement on the deferred tax account is shown below:

All figures in £’000 

At 26 March 2022 / 27 March 2021 

Credit/(charge) to other comprehensive income 

(Charge)/credit to equity 

Adjustments in respect of prior years 

(Charge) to statement of comprehensive income 

At 1 April 2023 / 26 March 2022 

Group   
2023   

Group   
2022   

Company   
2023   

Company 
2022 

141   

972   

(10)   

(76 ) 

(232 ) 

795   

1,183   

(179 ) 

8   

38   

(909 ) 

141   

3,336   

972   

(10 ) 

1   

(293 ) 

4,006   

3,604 

(179 )

8 

(8 )

(89 )

3,336 

Deferred tax assets 

All figures in £’000  

At 27 March 2021 

Adjustment in respect of prior years 

(Charge)/credit to statement  
of comprehensive income

Credit to equity 

Charge to other comprehensive income 

At 26 March 2022 

Adjustment in respect of prior years 

(Charge)/credit to statement 
of comprehensive income

Credit to equity 

Charge to other comprehensive income 

At 1 April 2023 

Group

Company

Share   
Pension    options    Other   

Total   

Share   
Pension    options    Other   

Total

3,503    

13   

(54 ) 

-   

(179 ) 

3,283   

-   

(220 ) 

-   

972    

4,035   

73    

43    

(10 ) 

8   

-   

114   

35   

(85 ) 

(10 ) 

-   

54   

153    

3,729    

3,503    

(54 ) 

38   

-   

-   

137   

(35 ) 

7   

-   

-   

2   

(26 ) 

13   

(54 ) 

8   

-   

(179 ) 

(179 ) 

3,534   

3,283   

-    

-   

(298 ) 

(220 ) 

(10 ) 

972   

-   

972   

109   

4,198   

4,035   

73    

43   

(10 ) 

8   

-   

114   

35   

(85 ) 

(10 ) 

-   

54   

130    

3,706 

(67 ) 

(1 ) 

-   

-   

62   

(33 ) 

-   

-   

-   

(11 )

(65 ) 

8 

(179 )

3,459 

2 

(305 ) 

(10 )

972 

29   

4,118 

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

112

113

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements

Deferred tax liabilities 

All figures in £’000 

Group   
Accelerated capital   
allowances   

Company   
    Accelerated capital   
allowances   

Total   

At 27 March 2021 - as previously reported 
Restatement - note 28  

At 27 March 2021 - restated  
Adjustment in respect of prior years 
Charge to statement of comprehensive income 

At 26 March 2022 
Adjustment in respect of prior years 
Charge to statement of comprehensive income 

At 1 April 2023 

(2,246 ) 
(300 )  

(2,546 )  
37   
(884 ) 

(3,393 ) 
(76 ) 
66   

(3,403 ) 

(2,246 ) 
(300 )   

(2,546 )  
37   
(884 ) 

(3,393 ) 
(76 ) 
66   

(3,403 ) 

(102 ) 

-     

(102 )  
-   
(21 ) 

(123 ) 
-   
11   

(112 ) 

Total

(102 ) 
- 

(102 ) 
-
(21 )

(123 )
- 
11 

(112 )

Deferred tax assets have been recognised in respect of temporary differences giving rise to deferred tax assets where it is probable that 
these assets will be recovered, given forecast profits. The group has not recognised a deferred tax asset on the tax losses incurred by its  
US subsidiaries of £2,944k (2022: £2,866k).

23 Employees and Directors

Employee benefit costs during the period

All figures in £’000 

Wages and salaries 

Social Security costs 

Pension costs (note 20) 

Group   
2023   

29,340   

2,945   

2,174   

34,459   

Group   
2022   

25,934   

2,391   

2,210   

30,535   

Company   
2023   

Company 
2022

2,899   

433   

615   

3,947   

2,401 

315 

711 

3,427

The average monthly number of people (including Executive Directors) employed in the Group during the year, analysed by division was 
as follows:

All figures in Number 

James Cropper Paper Products  

James Cropper 3D Products  

Technical Fibre Products 

James Cropper PLC 

24 Capital commitments

All figures in £’000 

Full Time Equivalent 

Headcount

2023   

2022   

2023   

2022

390   

41   

156   

58   

645   

375   

33   

135   

44   

587   

398   

41   

159   

70   

668   

384

34

143 

67 

628 

Group   
2023   

1,196   

Group   
2022   

2,308   

Company   
2023   

Company 
2022

34   

14 

22 Share capital

Group and Company 
Issued and fully paid

At 1 April 2023 and 26 March 2022 

Potential issue of ordinary shares

Number of ordinary shares   

9,554,803   

£’000  

2,389

Contracts placed for future capital expenditure 
not provided in the financial statements

Under the Group’s long-term incentive plan for executive directors and senior executives, such individuals hold rights over ordinary 
shares that may result in the issue of up to 68,173 ordinary shares of 25p by September 2025 (2022: 71,748 ordinary shares of 25p by 
August 2024). There were no share options exercised in the period (2022: nil). Further information on directors share options can be  
seen in the Remuneration Committee Report.

Long Term Incentive Plan

25 Contingencies and events post the reporting period

There were no contingent liabilities at the period end for the Group. 

The Group’s trading update communicated to the Markets on 19 April 2023, outlined a strategic repositioning to accelerate revenue and 
profit growth across the Group. The streamlining of the Paper division is one of the three pillars central to the repositioning. As part of 
this process, restructuring costs will likely be incurred in financial year 2024. The quantum of restructuring costs is, however, unknown 
at the time of this report. 

Options at    Options granted    Options exercised   
in the period   

in the period   

26 March 2022   

Options not    Options lapsed   
in the period   

expected to vest   

Options at  
1 April 2023

Share options 

71,748   

62,214   

nil   

nil   

(65,789 ) 

68,173

26 Exceptional items

The amount of gains made by Directors on share options exercised in the year totalled £nil (2022: £nil).  
The Statement of Comprehensive Income includes an LTIP credit of £69,039 for the year in relation to Directors (2022: £73,689 credit).

Cash-Settled Options

Conditional cash awards (“Cash Awards”) grant participating employees a conditional right to be paid a cash amount based on the 
proceeds of the sale of a specified number of Ordinary Shares following vesting of the award. Under the LTIP Plan, Conditional Cash 
awards were granted to Executive Directors as follows:

All figures in £’000 

Earn-out adjustment on contingent 
consideration on business acquisition

Exceptional items in Other expenses 

Options at    Options granted    Options exercised   
in the period   

in the period   

26 March 2022   

Options not    Options lapsed   
in the period   

expected to vest   

Options at  
1 April 2023

Fair value adjustment on contingent consideration 

Exceptional items in Interest payable and similar charges 

Group   
2023   

Group   
2022   

Company   
2023   

Company 
2022 

986   

986   

109   

109   

354   

354   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

- 

-

-

-

Cash-settled options 

19,171   

7,825   

nil   

nil   

(10,531 ) 

16,465

Due to future projections exceeding original projections on acquisition of TFP Hydrogen Products Ltd, additional provisions for earn 
out were required.

Adjustments to the contingent consideration on business acquisition are treated as exceptional items as they distort core operating 
profitability of the Group and make year-on-year comparison of performance challenging. 

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

114

115

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
   
Notes to the Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements

27 Related party transactions

Group

The Group has taken advantage of the exemption not to disclose intra-group transactions that are eliminated on consolidation.  
TFP Hydrogen Products Ltd paid £22,000 (2022: £22,000) to NRD Ventures Ltd, a company in which David Hodgson (Director of TFP 
Hydrogen Products Ltd) is a Director, for rental of premises in Launceston, Cornwall, used as the main premises for TFP Hydrogen 
Products Ltd.

Company

The Company paid £40,000 (2022: £40,000) to Sir James Cropper (Honorary President) for the use of reservoirs to supply water to the 
factory premises. The contract is based on a twenty year repairing lease with rent reviews every five years.  The rent is negotiated  
through independent advisers representing each party. The Company paid £1,305 (2022: £nil) to Ellergreen Group, a company in which 
M A J Cropper (Chairman and Non-Executive Director) is a director in the period for maintenance work. The Company paid £23,935 
(2022: £23,528) to Ellergreen Group, a company in which M A J Cropper is a director, for imports of electricity from the hydro-electric 
plant owned and operated by the company.

The Company also has the following transactions and balances with related entities:

 2023

All figures in £’000 

James Cropper Speciality Papers Limited 

James Cropper Converting Limited 

James Cropper 3D Products Limited 

Technical Fibre Products Limited 

James Cropper Overseas Trading Limited 

 2022

All figures in £’000 

James Cropper Speciality Papers Limited 

James Cropper Converting Limited 

James Cropper 3D Products Limited 

Technical Fibre Products Limited 

James Cropper Overseas Trading Limited 

Management   
charges   

Receivable/   
(Payable)   

Loans & net 
intercompany 
funding

4,715   

404   

686   

2,784   

-   

8,589   

4,126   

106   

147   

812   

139   

5,330   

8,100

3,363

19,039

12,466

(60 )

42,908

Management   
charges   

Receivable/   
(Payable)   

Loans & net 
intercompany 
funding

3,285   

223   

331   

1,827   

-   

5,666   

971   

12   

(3 ) 

1,185   

107   

2,272   

226

7,720

11,352

19,121

1

38,420

Compensation for Key Management and Directors’ Remuneration 

In accordance with IAS 24, “Related Party Disclosures”, key management personnel are those persons having authority and 
responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group, directly or indirectly, and includes directors (both 
executive and non-executive) of James Cropper PLC. The remuneration of the directors is disclosed in the Report of the Remuneration 
Committee (pages 61 to 65). There are 6 Directors who accrued retirement benefits under money purchase and defined benefit schemes in 
the year (2022: 7 Directors). 

All figures in £’000 

Salaries and fees 

Short term employee benefits 

Short term bonuses 
Pension costs 

Termination benefits 

Total 

2023   

1,095   

106   

51   
50   

201   

2022

1,162 

155 

101  
60 

- 

1,503   

1,478 

28 Prior period restatement 

The comparatives detailed below have been restated. No adjustment impacts prior year profit. Net assets have reduced by £300k.

Statement of Financial Position - Group 

All figures in £’000 

Trade and other receivables - pre-payments1 

Long-term borrowings - unsecured bank loans1 

Deferred tax liability2 

Retained earnings2 

Statement of Financial Position - Company 

All figures in £’000 

Trade and other receivables - pre-payments1 

Long-term borrowings - unsecured bank loans1 

Statement of Cash flows - Group 

All figures in £’000 

Increase in trade and other receivables1 

Increase in trade and other payables3 

Net cash generated from operating activities 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment4 

Deferred consideration on business acquisition paid3 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Proceeds from issue of new loans4 

Fees paid on raising finance1 

Net cash used in financing activities 

As previously   
reported 2022   

Restatement   
2022   

Restated 
2022  

22,184   

18,727   

3,093   

31,691   

(278 ) 

(278 ) 

300   

(300 ) 

21,906

18,449

3,393

31,391

As previously   
reported 2022   

Restatement   
2022   

Restated 
2022  

55,027   

8,182   

(278 ) 

(278 ) 

54,749

7,904

As previously   
reported 2022   

Restatement   
2022   

Restated 
2022  

(6,220 ) 

5,545   

3,351   

(6,705 ) 

-   

(6,761 ) 

9,754   

-   

4,277   

278   

400   

678   

563   

(400 ) 

163   

(563 ) 

(278 ) 

(841 ) 

(5,942 )

5,945

4,029

(6,142 )

(400 )

(6,598 )

9,191

(278 )

3,436

1 Fees paid on raising finance previously allocated to prepayments within trade and other receivables have been reallocated against 

borrowings in the statement of financial position and the related cash flow has been separately disclosed under financing activities. 
There is no impact on net assets or cash and cash equivalents. The opening balance in the reconciliation of net cash flow to net debt  
in note 18 Borrowings has been restated accordingly.

2 The opening balance of the deferred tax liability for FY2022, has been increased by £300k, following the finalisation of previous years 

computations due to errors identified at the tax provisioning stage. This results in a corresponding reduction in retained earnings. 
Earnings per share for FY2021 have been restated accordingly from 16.4p to 13.2p.

3 The deferred consideration on business acquisition paid previously disclosed within increase in trade and other payables has been 

separately disclosed under investing activities to more appropriately reflect the nature of the cash flow. There is no impact on net assets 
or cash and cash equivalents.

4 The cash flow relating to additions to property, plant and equipment previously included additions to right-of-use assets which are 

financed via lease and are therefore non-cash. The correction has resulted in a decrease in purchase of property, plant and equipment  
and a decrease in proceeds from issue of new loans. 

The amount of gains made by Directors on share options exercised in the year totalled £nil (2022: £nil).

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

116

117

 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Notes to the Financial Statements

Property, plant and equipment

As disclosed in note 10 Property, plant and equipment, the opening cost and accumulated depreciation balances for plant and  
machinery in the comparative were reduced by £2,298k for the group and £266k for the company to correct an overstatement identified. 
The correction has a nil effect on net book value.

Group 

All figures in £’000 

Plant and machinery - cost at 27 March 2021 

Plant and machinery - accumulated depreciation at 27 March 2021 

Plant and machinery - net book value at 27 March 2021 

Company 

All figures in £’000 

Plant and machinery - cost at 27 March 2021 

Plant and machinery - accumulated depreciation at 27 March 2021 

Plant and machinery - net book value at 27 March 2021 

As previously   
reported 2022   

Restatement   
2022   

Restated 
2022  

90,112   

73,395   

16,717   

(2,298 ) 

(2,298 ) 

-   

87,814

71,097

16,717

As previously   
reported 2022   

Restatement   
2022   

Restated 
2022  

2,809   

2,199   

610   

(266 ) 

(266 ) 

-   

2,543

1,933

610

Retirement benefit liabilities

The gross amount of the Works scheme fair value of assets has been increased by £521k to account for the annuities held but not 
previously recognised. The defined benefit obligation has been increased by the corresponding amount resulting in a nil impact on the 
retirement benefit liabilities disclosed.

Group & Company 

All figures in £’000 

Fair value assets 

Defined benefit obligation 

Retirement benefit liabilities 

Effect of limit on recoverable surplus  

Retirement benefit liabilities  

As previously   
reported 2022   

Restatement   
2022   

Restated 
2022  

109,388   

121,130   

11,742   

(1,388 )  

(13,130 )      

521   

521   

-   

-     

-   

109,909

121,651

11,742

(1,388 )  

(13,130 ) 

2022 – 2023 Shareholder Information

Reporting 

Interim Results announced and sent to 

Ordinary Shareholders 

Final results announced 

Notification of AGM issued by 

Annual General Meeting 

Dividends on Ordinary Shares 

15 November 2022

24 August 2023

4 September 2023

Tuesday 26 September 2023 at 11.00am. 
Held at Bryce Institute, Burneside Mills, Kendal LA9 6QZ. 

Interim dividend paid on 13 January 2023 to Ordinary Shareholders registered on 9 December 2022. 
Final dividend proposed to be paid on or before 20 October 2023 to Ordinary Shareholders registered on 8 September 2023.

Advisers 

Independent Auditor

Grant Thornton UK LLP, Manchester

Tax Advisers

PriceWaterhouseCoopers LLP, Manchester 

NOMAD & Stockbrokers 

Shore Capital, London 

Corporate Lawyers 

Squire Patton Boggs LLP, Manchester 
DWF LLP, Manchester

Registrars 

Link Asset Services, Beckenham

Pension Adviser

Willis Towers Watson, Manchester

James Cropper PLC

Telephone. +44 (0)1539 722 002 
Email. info@cropper.com

Burneside Mills 
Kendal, Cumbria LA9 6PZ 
Great Britain

www.jamescropper.com

Company Registration No: 30226

The accompanying notes form part of the financial statements

118

119

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Annual Report Production

All the paper used in this report has been made in England by James Cropper PLC.

Cover 

VANGUARD®. Celestial Blue. 350gsm. Embossed.

Inner Pages

Strategic Report

TYPOGRAPHIA. Flat White. 120gsm.

Governance

VANGUARD®. Blush. 120gsm.

Financial Statements

VANGUARD®. Peppermint. 120gsm.

Design

Plain Creative

Photography

James Cropper Archives 
Steven Barber Photography 
George Carrick 
Plain Creative

Print

Titus Wilson

120